<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php?feed=atom&amp;namespace=0&amp;title=Special%3ANewPages</id>
		<title>Script | Spoken-Tutorial - New pages [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php?feed=atom&amp;namespace=0&amp;title=Special%3ANewPages"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Special:NewPages"/>
		<updated>2026-05-12T23:19:57Z</updated>
		<subtitle>From Script | Spoken-Tutorial</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.17</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Happiness/English</id>
		<title>Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Happiness/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Happiness/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-12T19:51:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Misbah: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 1: Title – Understanding Happiness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Understanding Happiness'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite Slide&lt;br /&gt;
http://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For the pre-requisite '''tutorials''' on '''personality and human development''', please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hunter-gatherer scene&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thousands of years ago, people lived by hunting and gathering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hunting and joy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When they hunted an animal or found food, they felt joy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Tribal group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Happiness encouraged them to repeat what worked for survival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Bonding between the tribe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It also strengthened bonds within their tribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Transition slide: Today's world&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Today, happiness still plays the same role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Motivation to get good results&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It motivates us to repeat actions that bring good results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Family sitting together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Happiness also deepens our relationships when we share it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| College story&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's explore this through a college story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha in front of college&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Sneha''' was a final-year college student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha's dream&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| She had a dream of being selected by her favourite company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha working hard&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For months, she worked hard on her final-year project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha's struggles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| There were setbacks, late nights, and some small victories too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha crying&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| On some days she even felt like giving up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha being motivated by professors and friends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But her professors guided her, and friends encouraged her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha preparing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| She kept going, step by step, improving her project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Nervous anticipation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As placement season was coming up, '''Sneha''' grew nervous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha getting anxious thoughts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| She often thought: &amp;quot;Will this be enough to impress job recruiters?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha reading a message in her phone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| During those moments, she looked at encouraging messages from her parents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha's realisation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Deep down, she also felt hopeful. She knew she had done her best.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Interview day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The day of her interview finally arrived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha waiting for interview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The waiting room was tense, with students walking up and down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha presenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Sneha''' presented her project with clarity and passion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha answering questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| She answered questions with confidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The announcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| That evening, the placement officer read her name aloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The announcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;'''Sneha''' Selected for the job!&amp;quot; he said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha being happy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Sneha''' burst into tears of joy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Friends cheering for Sneha&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Her friends clapped, hugged, and lifted her in celebration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Friends cheering for Sneha&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| They felt proud too, as if her win was their win.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha calling her mother&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Sneha''' called her parents right away to share the news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Parents happy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| They were overjoyed too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Professors and juniors congratulating her&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Professors congratulated her, juniors admired her journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Everyone is happy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Her happiness spread to everyone around her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Happiness emotion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's see how happiness showed up for '''Sneha'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sneha's hardwork&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As Thoughts: &amp;quot;All my hard work has finally paid off.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Body sensations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As body sensations: Smiles, lightness, racing heartbeat, excitement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Feelings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As Feelings: Joy, pride, gratitude, and shared celebration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Family together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Like '''Sneha''', we all feel happy at different times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Achievements, friendship and wins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It may come from achievements, friendships, or small daily wins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Happy emotion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Happiness is a signal to keep repeating the actions that work for us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Happiness makes your hard work worth it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Unlike fear or anger, happiness tells us, &amp;quot;This is worth doing again.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sharing good news&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Sharing joy multiplies it and makes bonds stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Bonding between tribe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's summarize. Happiness helped early humans bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Family together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Today, it reminds us to repeat positive actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Happiness giving pride, energy and connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Happiness gives energy, pride, and connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write about a time when you felt happy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describe the event by sharing your thoughts, body sensations and your feelings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Share your story with a close friend or a family member&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is an assignment for you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Acknowledgement slides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Disclaimer slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Final slide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''tutorial''' is brought to you by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Ltd''', '''SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Misbah</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Sadness/English</id>
		<title>Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Sadness/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Sadness/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-12T19:21:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Misbah: Created page with &amp;quot; {|border=1  |-  || '''Visual Cue'''  | '''Narration'''  |-  || Slide 1: Title – Understanding Sadness  | Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Understanding Sadness''...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 1: Title – Understanding Sadness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Understanding Sadness'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite Slide&lt;br /&gt;
http://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For the pre-requisite '''tutorials''' on '''personality and human development''', please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 2: Hunter-gatherer scene&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thousands of years ago, people lived in small tribes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Death of a member&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Sometimes, they lost a member of their group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Feeling sad&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| In those moments, they felt deep sadness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Comforting each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Sadness made them seek comfort from others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Being united as a tribe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| This helped them stay united and survive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Transition slide: Today's world&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We don't live like hunter-gatherers anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Today's world&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But we still feel sad in similar ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sad emotion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| How does that happen? We will see this through a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| College&lt;br /&gt;
Raja and Gopi in college hostel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's look at a college story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Raja''' from '''Ajmer''' and '''Gopi''' from '''Chennai''' joined an Engineering college in '''Bangalore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both were staying in the hostel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja sitting alone in the mess&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Raja''' was sitting alone in the hostel mess.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja sitting alone at mess&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He wasn't eating and looked very dull.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja missing home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He missed his parents, home food, and friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Gopi sitting with friends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gopi noticing Raja&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Gopi''' had many school friends in the same college.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While eating with them, he noticed '''Raja''' sitting alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja went next to Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He walked up, sat next to him, and asked if he was okay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Conversation between Raja and Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Raja''' replied softly, &amp;quot;I'm okay,&amp;quot; but '''Gopi''' could make out that he wasn't.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Group eating together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Gopi''' invited '''Raja''' to join his friends for dinner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja feeling happy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Slowly, '''Raja''' felt comfortable and opened up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Conversation between Raja and Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He shared how lonely he was feeling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Movie outing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The next day, '''Gopi''' and his friends took '''Raja''' to a movie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja feeling better while sleeping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| This small act of care made '''Raja''' feel better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Breakdown slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's see how sadness showed up for '''Raja'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja missing home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As Thoughts: &amp;quot;I miss my parents and my friends.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Low appetite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As body sensation: Low appetite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Loneliness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As feelings: Loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja feeling sad&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Like '''Raja''', all of us feel sad sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sadness emotion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Sadness can feel heavy, but it helps us connect with others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Relationship and bonding between people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It also helps us value relationships and seek support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's summarize. Sadness helped early humans survive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, we saw how sadness helped '''Raja''' build friendships.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sadness is not bad. It is a signal to reach out for help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we get support, sadness becomes lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write a short paragraph about a time you felt sad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describe your thoughts, body sensations, and feelings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also mention what actions you took.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Share it with a family member, or a friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is an assignment for you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Acknowledgement slides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Disclaimer slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Final slide: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''tutorial''' is brought to you by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Ltd''', '''SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Misbah</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Anger/English</id>
		<title>Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Anger/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Anger/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-12T19:11:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Misbah: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 1: Title – Understanding Anger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Understanding Anger'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite Slide&lt;br /&gt;
http://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For the pre-requisite '''tutorials''' on '''personality and human development''', please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 2: Hunter-gatherer scene&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thousands of years ago, humans lived in small tribes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anger when attacked by an animal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When someone threatened their family, early humans experienced anger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Protecting loved ones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Anger gave them energy to fight and protect their loved ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Harmony in the group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It helped them ensure safety and unity of their group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Transition slide: Today's world&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Today, life is different, but we still experience anger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Unfair scene&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It often shows up when something feels unfair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sadness and fear leads to anger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeated sadness or fear can also turn into anger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scene of a story&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's explore this through a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hostel friendship&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Meera''' and '''Anjali''' were first-year students in a hostel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Meera and Anjali in hostel together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| They ate together, studied together. They both became close friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali missing home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Anjali''' often missed home and felt lonely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali being quiet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But she rarely spoke about her feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Small incidents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As time passed, small events added to her sadness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Meera going to shopping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Meera''' went shopping with another group of friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Meera watching movie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Another day, she joined them for a late-night movie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Meera with new friends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| At a college event, '''Meera''' sat with that group again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali being alone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Anjali''' wasn't invited to any of these plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali sitting separately&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Each time, '''Anjali''' felt more left out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali in the hostel mess&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| One evening in the mess, she saw '''Meera''' laughing with others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali being angry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| All her bottled-up sadness burst out as anger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali shouting at Meera&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;You've changed, '''Meera'''.&lt;br /&gt;
You don't care anymore!&amp;quot; She said angrily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anger's signals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''Anjali's''' body: her face has become red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anger's signals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Her jaw is tight, she is clenching her fist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anger's signals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Her heartbeat raced, and her breath was fast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anger's signals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| These are anger's early alarms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Resolution between Anjali and Meera&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Later that night, '''Meera''' went to '''Anjali's''' room.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Resolution between Anjali and Meera&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| She said, &amp;quot;I'm sorry. I didn't realize you felt left out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Resolution between Anjali and Meera&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Anjali''' admitted, &amp;quot;I was hurt and felt lonely.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Resolution between Anjali and Meera&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Meera''' listened and promised to include her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali and Meera hugging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Both felt relieved after this conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Breakdown slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's see how anger showed up for '''Anjali'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Anjali being heartbroken&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As Thoughts: &amp;quot;She doesn't care about me anymore.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Signs of anger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As body sensation: Red face, tight jaw, clenched fists, racing heart, fast breath.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Signs of anger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As feelings: Anger on the outside, sadness and fear of being left out inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Reflection slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Like '''Anjali''', we all feel anger sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sadness and fear hidden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Anger often hides sadness or fear we don't express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Fairness symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Anger is not always bad. It is a signal for fairness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Bonding between people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| If handled well, anger can bring people closer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Fighting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But if anger goes out of control, it can damage trust and relationships.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Expressing anger with care&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| That's why it must be expressed with care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anger protected early humans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, anger often comes from hurt, sadness, or fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anger is a powerful energy — it must be managed with care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write about a time you felt angry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Was it linked to sadness or fear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describe your thoughts, body sensations, and actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Share it with a friend or a family member&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is an assignment for you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Acknowledgement slides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Disclaimer slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Final slide: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''tutorial''' is brought to you by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited''', '''SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Misbah</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Fear/English</id>
		<title>Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Fear/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Understanding-Fear/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-12T15:29:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Misbah: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 1: Title – Understanding Fear&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Understanding Fear'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite Slide&lt;br /&gt;
http://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For the pre-requisite '''tutorials''' on '''personality and human development''', please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 2: Hunter-gatherer scene&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thousands of years ago, people lived in small tribes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Attacked by a tiger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When they encountered a dangerous animal, they felt fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Reactions when attacked by a tiger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Some froze, some ran, and some were prepared to fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Being alert&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Fear kept them alert and ready to protect themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| House burning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| It helped them survive dangerous situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Transition slide: Today's world&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We don't face wild animals often today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Fear in daily life&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But fear is still part of our daily life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Fear emotion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's explore more about fear in this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja and Gopi in front of College&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Raja''' from '''Ajmer''' and '''Gopi''' from '''Chennai''' joined a college in '''Bangalore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Studying&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| They were preparing for their first exam in mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scene: Raja being anxious&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| A week before the exam, '''Raja''' started to feel anxious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Classroom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The maths taught in college seemed much harder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja studying&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He spent long hours with books, but the questions confused him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja being anxious&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Some thoughts that ran in his head are: &amp;quot;What if I fail my exam?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja's thoughts on telling parents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raja with his friends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;How will I tell my parents?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What will my friends think of me?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hostel evening, Raja being scared&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Each day, as the exam got closer, his fear grew stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja being sick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| His stomach felt upset and his breathing was fast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja avoiding food&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Sometimes he skipped meals because he had no appetite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja noticing Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Gopi''' saw '''Raja''' sitting quietly and looking worried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja talking to Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He asked, &amp;quot;You look tense, '''Raja'''. What's wrong?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Conversation between Raja and Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| At the beginning, '''Raja''' didn't say anything, but later he shared his thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Conversation between Raja and Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He told '''Gopi''' he was scared of failing and letting his parents down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Conversation between Raja and Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Gopi''' said, &amp;quot;Don't worry. We still have a few days left.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Conversation between Raja and Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;Let's study together. Let's go step by step.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Both studying together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Over the next three evenings, they studied together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja being happy with Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| With '''Gopi's''' guidance '''Raja''' solved a few problems. It made him happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja being confident&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Gopi''' also explained the concepts and '''Raja''' slowly gained confidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scene: Exam day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| On the day of the test, '''Raja''' still felt nervous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Exam day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| He thought of '''Gopi's''' tips and solved many questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja feeling happy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| By the end, '''Raja''' felt proud and relieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Breakdown slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's see how fear showed up for '''Raja'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja thinking about others&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As Thoughts: &amp;quot;What if I fail?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What will my parents and friends think?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja being sick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As body sensation: Upset stomach and fast breathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Being anxious and scared&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| As feelings: Nervousness and being scared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Reflection slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Like '''Raja''', we all experience fear sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Fear&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Fear is not always bad. It pushes us to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Raja being happy with Gopi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When shared with friends, fear can become lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fear helped early humans stay safe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, fear helps us prepare for challenges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fear helped '''Raja''' turn worry into confidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write a short paragraph about a time you experienced fear&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describe your thoughts, body sensations, and your actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Share it with a family member, friend, or a small group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is an assignment for you:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Acknowledgement slides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Disclaimer slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Final slide: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''tutorial''' is brought to you by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Ltd''', '''SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Misbah</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Origin-of-Emotions/English</id>
		<title>Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Origin-of-Emotions/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Personality-and-Human-Development/C2/Origin-of-Emotions/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-12T15:16:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Misbah: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||''' Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Title slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Origin of Emotions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Common greeting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When someone asks us, &amp;quot;How are you?&amp;quot;, what do we say?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Common greeting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Often, we just reply, &amp;quot;I'm fine, thank you,&amp;quot; and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| A girl thinking deeply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But what if we could pause and look deeper into how we truly feel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Different emotions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will understand the origin of emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Different emotions being powerful&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Emotions are powerful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Emovere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The word 'emotion' comes from the Latin word '''emovere''', meaning 'to move.'&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Taking action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Emotions give us energy to take action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Compass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Just as a compass shows us direction, emotions guide the way we experience life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Four emotions icons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Happiness, sadness, fear, and anger – we often hear these words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thinking about meaning of emotions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| But do we really know what they mean, or how to recognize them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hunter-gatherers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| To answer this, let's travel back thousands of years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| A hunter gatherer tribe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Imagine living in a hunter-gatherer tribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hunting, gathering and community life&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Their survival depended on hunting, gathering, and community life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scared by a tiger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When they saw a dangerous animal, they felt fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Responding to fear&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Fear kept them alert and quick to respond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Sharing food&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When they found food and ate together, they felt happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Bonding&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Happiness strengthened bonds and encouraged teamwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Death of a member&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When they lost a member of the tribe, they felt sad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Supporting each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Sadness made them seek comfort and support from others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Threat inside tribe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| When threatened, they felt anger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Being protective&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Anger gave them energy to protect their loved ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Emotions guiding the tribe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| These emotions guided early humans to survive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Life currently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Life may be different now, but the emotions remain the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Good emotions and bad emotions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| So, what do you think? Are emotions good or bad?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Different emotions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The truth is, emotions are neither good nor bad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Signal sign&lt;br /&gt;
Different scenarios of life&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| They are signals.&lt;br /&gt;
They help us understand how we are experiencing a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Listening and taking action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Once we listen to the message and take appropriate action, the emotion fades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Let's summarize what we learnt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Emovere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Emotions come from the word '''emovere''', meaning to move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Compass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| They act like a compass, telling us how we are experiencing a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Earlier tribes and different emotions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Early humans survived because of emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Different scenarios of life&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We continue to feel the same emotions today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Different emotions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| In the next tutorials, we will explore some basic emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write a short paragraph on what you think emotions are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Share your thoughts with a friend, classmate, or family member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be open to listening to how they describe emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is an assignment for you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Acknowledgement slides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Disclaimer slide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Final slide: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken Tutorial''' is brought to you by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited''', '''SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Misbah</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Foreign-Key-Constraint/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Foreign-Key-Constraint/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Foreign-Key-Constraint/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-12T05:23:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ANJALISATDIVE: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the Script: Foreign Key Constraint'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''': PostgreSQL, pgAdmin4, Foreign Key Constraint, primary key, Database, Database node, table, Delete,  EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Foreign Key Constraint''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:&lt;br /&gt;
* Foreign key constraint&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EduPyramids periodically verifies the correctness of the tutorials for subsequent versions. Changes, if any, are explained through the Instruction Sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org]''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''fk-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Open pgAdmin 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened '''pgAdmin4''' and connected to the '''PostgreSQL''' server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create a database named '''Company'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Right click on '''Databases''' node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the submenu select Create and then select Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create database window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type database name: '''Company'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save''' at the bottom right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Right-click on the '''Databases node'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the submenu select '''Create''' and then select '''Database'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Create Database''' window, let us type the '''Database''' name as '''Company'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Save''' button at the bottom right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under the Database expand '''Schemas''' node, '''public''' node and '''Tables''' node.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us expand the '''Schemas''' node, '''public''' node and then '''Tables''' node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Right click on '''Tables''' node and select Query Tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Query window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Right click on '''Tables''' node and select the '''Query Tool''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Query''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CREATE TABLE department ('''&lt;br /&gt;
'''dept_id INT PRIMARY KEY,'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''dept_name VARCHAR(50)'''&lt;br /&gt;
''');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''execute query''' icon'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let me create a table named '''department'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query in the query window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''department id''' is the '''primary key'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It uniquely identifies each department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''execute query icon''' to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CREATE TABLE employee ('''&lt;br /&gt;
'''emp_id INT PRIMARY KEY,'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''emp_name VARCHAR(50),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''salary INT,'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''dept_id INT'''&lt;br /&gt;
''');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create a table named '''employee'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query '''employee id''' is the '''primary key.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this table '''department id''' is just a column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no restriction on its values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon''' to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the database and tables.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We have successfully created the database and tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
'''INSERT INTO department VALUES'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1, 'HR'),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2, 'IT'),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(3, 'Sales');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us insert some data into the '''department''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM department;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We will now type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the created table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the '''department''' table with 3 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INSERT INTO employee VALUES'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(101, 'Ajay', 50000, 1),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(102, 'Neha', 60000, 2),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(103, 'Raj', 55000, 3),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(104, 'Simran', 65000, 10),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(105, 'Karan', 48000, 5);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us insert some data into the '''employee''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query to insert the records in the '''employee''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query and see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM employee;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query and see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the employee table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight the '''dept id records 10 and 5 in the employee table.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Observe that, dept id 10 and dept id 5 are not available in the department table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However the database still allows the values.&lt;br /&gt;
This creates inconsistent data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| To prevent such issues, we use a '''foreign key constraint'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DELETE FROM employee WHERE dept_id NOT IN (1,2,3);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us first delete the inconsistent data from the '''employee''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query the '''Delete''' keyword deletes records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows the query returned successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM employee;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query to see the updated table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The records with dept id 10 and dept id  5 are deleted from the '''employee''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us learn about Foreign key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is a Foreign key?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| A foreign key is a column that references a primary key in another table.&lt;br /&gt;
* It creates a relationship between two tables in a database.&lt;br /&gt;
* It ensures that the referenced value exists in the parent table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Foreign key'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FOREIGN KEY (column_name) REFERENCES parent_table(column_name);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the Foreign key constraint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s add a Foreign key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ALTER TABLE employee'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''ADD CONSTRAINT fk_dept'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''FOREIGN KEY (dept_id) REFERENCES department(dept_id);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query adds a '''foreign key''' on dept id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each value must exist in the department table.&lt;br /&gt;
We will now execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output shows '''Query''' returned successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type this command and execute:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INSERT INTO employee'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES (105, 'Karan', 48000, 7);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Point to the error.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us insert an invalid department id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INSERT INTO employee'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(104, 'Simran', 65000, 3),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''(105, 'Karan', 48000, 2);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It inserts a valid record without issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A foreign key links two tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures data integrity by preventing invalid entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM employee;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query to see the updated table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The records are now updated in the employee table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Foreign key constraint&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Create a table named project with columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''project_id, project_name, and dept_id'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Add a foreign key on dept_id referencing the department table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Insert a valid record and execute the query'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Insert an invalid record and observe the error'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ANJALISATDIVE</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alter-Table-Statement/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alter-Table-Statement/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alter-Table-Statement/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-08T16:42:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: Alter Table Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''': PostgreSQL, pgAdmin4, Alter Table, add marks, Numeric datatype, syntax, RENAME COLUMN, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Alter Table Statement''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Alter table statement '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EduPyramids periodically verifies the correctness of the tutorials for subsequent versions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changes, if any, are explained through the Instruction Sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''al-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following''' code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us learn about the '''Alter table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Alter Table'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''ALTER TABLE''' is used to modify the structure of an existing table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can add, delete, or modify columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to add or remove constraints.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Alter Table statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ALTER TABLE  table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ADD column_name datatype;''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''Alter table '''statement to add a column.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us understand with an example.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Show''' pgAdmin 4 '''interface&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Show the student table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight: '''student ID, name, city, gender, date of birth, and CGPA'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''students''' table with its current columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we will add new columns to store subject marks.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| To add a new column, we will use the '''ALTER TABLE''' statement.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ALTER TABLE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ADD Maths NUMERIC,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ADD English NUMERIC;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute query '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let's type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query we will add two columns '''Maths''' and '''English''' with '''Numeric data type'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute query icon'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table now has two new columns '''Maths''' and '''English'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute query '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To see the added columns type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the maths and english columns added successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Copy and paste from code file: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE students AS s'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''maths = v.maths,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''english = v.english'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM (VALUES'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S101',72,75), ('S102',88,91), ('S103',69,73),'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S104',85,87), ('S105',64,70), ('S106',92,95),'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S107',78,81), ('S108',86,89), ('S109',71,74),'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S110',83,85), ('S111',67,69), ('S112',90,93),'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S113',76,80), ('S114',82,84), ('S115',68,72),'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S116',74,77), ('S117',89,92)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''') AS v(studentid, maths, english)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE s.studentid = v.studentid;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute Query''' button on the tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us copy and paste this query from the '''code file''' into the query window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us add marks to the Maths and English columns of the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will use the UPDATE statement to populate marks for the existing student records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ALTER TABLE students RENAME COLUMN dob TO date_of_birth;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight output.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us see how to modify a column name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query.This query changes the column name from dob to date of birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column name is modified successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute query '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To see the inserted marks and change in column name, type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is modified successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about,&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Alter table statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new column''' email '''with '''datatype VARCHAR(50) '''to the''' students table.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services Private limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/OUTER-JOINS-and-SELF-JOIN/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/OUTER-JOINS-and-SELF-JOIN/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/OUTER-JOINS-and-SELF-JOIN/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-08T05:56:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script:'''  OUTER JOINS and SELF JOIN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author:''' Anjali Satdive EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin4, Join Clause, LEFT JOIN, RIGHT JOIN, FULL JOIN, SELF JOIN, syntax, EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''OUTER JOINS''' and '''SELF JOIN'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''OUTER JOINS''' and '''SELF JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' LTS&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4''' installed in their systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''lrf-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''OUTER JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will learn about '''OUTER JOIN.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes '''LEFT JOIN''', '''RIGHT JOIN''' and '''FULL JOIN.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT JOIN''' returns all rows from the left table with matching right rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT JOIN''' returns all rows from the right table with matching left rows.&lt;br /&gt;
'''FULL JOIN''' returns all rows from both tables and matches them wherever possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT students.studentid, studentname, marks FROM students LEFT JOIN results ON students.studentid = results.studentid;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query performs a '''LEFT JOIN''' between the students and results tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Output displayed&lt;br /&gt;
|| Notice that all records from the students table are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NULL&lt;br /&gt;
|| If there is no matching record in the results table, the marks column shows '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT students.studentid, studentname, marks'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT JOIN results'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON students.studentid = results.studentid;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute Query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this following query.&lt;br /&gt;
This query performs a '''RIGHT JOIN''' between the students and results tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight output&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Notice that all records from the results table are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT students.studentid, studentname, marks'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FULL JOIN results'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON students.studentid = results.studentid;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute Query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will perform a '''FULL JOIN''' between the students and results tables.&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
The FULL JOIN shows all the matching records from both tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us see how a '''SELF JOIN''' works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELF JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''SELF JOIN''' joins a table with itself using different '''aliases'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to compare rows within the same table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of SELF JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT A.column_name, B.column_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name A'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOIN table_name B'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON A.common_column = B.common_column;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''SELF JOIN'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same table is used twice with aliases A and B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These aliases act as temporary names for each table copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''ON''' clause defines how the two copies are linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT A.studentname, B.studentname, A.city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students A'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOIN students B'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON A.city = B.city;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute Query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us see a simple example of '''SELF JOIN'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query joins the students table with itself using the city column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show output&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Notice that students belonging to the same city are displayed together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight output:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ram – Ram – Mumbai&lt;br /&gt;
|| Each student is matched with others from the same city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students are also matched with themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So rows like '''Ram Ram Mumbai''' appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''OUTER JOINS''' and '''SELF JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an Assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert one new student without marks&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the '''OUTER JOIN''' on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Display marks by using '''SELF JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ANJALISATDIVE</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/JOIN-and-INNER-JOIN-Clause/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/JOIN-and-INNER-JOIN-Clause/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/JOIN-and-INNER-JOIN-Clause/English"/>
				<updated>2026-05-08T05:04:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ANJALISATDIVE: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script:'''  JOIN and INNER JOIN Clause&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author:''' EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin4, Join clause, INNER JOIN clause, syntax, students, results, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''JOIN''' and '''INNER JOIN Clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn, &lt;br /&gt;
*  About '''JOIN''' and '''INNER JOIN clause''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to combine data from two related tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' LTS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
'''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''jc-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of  this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOIN Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''JOIN Clause''' combines rows from different tables using a related column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of JOIN Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOIN table2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON table1.common_column = table2.common_column;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''Joins clause.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_names''', specifies which columns to display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table1''' takes data from the first table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOIN table 2'''  combines table 2 with table1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON clause''' matches values in common columns of both the tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''student table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| So far, we have worked with a single table named '''students'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in real-world databases, data is usually stored in multiple related tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve related data from multiple tables, we use the '''JOIN clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Showing Student table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us create another table named '''results'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table will store '''studentid''' and '''marks'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CREATE TABLE results ('''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''studentid VARCHAR(10),'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''marks INT''' ''');&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click the '''Execute query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This creates a table named '''results'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''studentid''' column will be common in both the tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
INSERT INTO results VALUES'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S101', 85),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S102', 90),'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''('S103', 78);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us insert a few sample records into the '''results''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The data is inserted successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT students.studentid, studentname, marks'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOIN results'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON students.studentid = results.studentid;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query combines the '''students''' and '''results''' tables using the '''studentid''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight matching lines.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Notice that we can see data from both the tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the matching records from the tables are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
INNER JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us learn about '''Inner Join'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the '''JOIN''' clause performs an '''INNER JOIN'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INNER JOIN''' explicitly returns only the matching records from both the tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax of INNER JOIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INNER JOIN table2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON table1.common_column = table2.common_column;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the '''syntax''' of the '''Inner Join'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT students.studentid, studentname, marks'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INNER JOIN results'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ON students.studentid = results.studentid;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query joins the '''students''' table and '''results''' table with matching columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Execute Query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight output&lt;br /&gt;
|| You will notice that the result is the same as in the previous '''JOIN''' query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because '''JOIN''' and '''INNER JOIN''' behave in the same way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight JOIN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight INNER JOIN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| If we write '''JOIN''', it automatically performs an '''INNER JOIN'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, using '''INNER JOIN''' makes the query clearer and easier to read.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  About '''JOIN''' and '''INNER JOIN clause''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to combine data from two related tables.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Insert two new records into the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Execute the query using JOIN and INNER JOIN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ANJALISATDIVE</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-27T09:54:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the Script: Alias Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, alias, AS keyword, space, underscore, double quotes, video tutorial, EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Title Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Alias Names''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
* space,&lt;br /&gt;
* AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
* underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
* double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To record this tutorial, I am using'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PostgreSQL version 18.1, and'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''pgAdmin 4 version 9.11.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''an-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute query icon to run the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the student table with all the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is an Alias?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see what an alias is?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alias is a temporary name given to a column or a table.&lt;br /&gt;
It improves the readability of the output.&lt;br /&gt;
Alias names exist only for the duration of the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname fullname FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us create an alias using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''studentname fullname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''studentname''' is the original column name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''fullname''' is the alias given using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute query''' button to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the '''studentname''' column with the new heading '''fullname'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city AS studentcity FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an '''alias''' using the '''as''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city AS studentcity'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''AS''' keyword explicitly assigns the '''alias''' name '''studentcity''' to the '''city''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output..&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
The original column name '''city''' is now replaced with '''studentcity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us use an '''underscore''' in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''student_id'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''student_id''' is the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
The '''underscore''' is used to separate words for better readability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading is now changed to '''student_id'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight: SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here the '''AS''' keyword is optional, it means the query runs with or without '''AS''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both the queries give the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT cgpa AS &amp;quot;Student cgpa&amp;quot; FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an alias using double quotes. Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''&amp;quot;student cgpa&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here double quotes allow us to include spaces in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Double quotes are required when the '''alias''' contains spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading '''cpga''' is now changed to  '''student cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Alias''' names are temporary and do not modify the actual table structure.&lt;br /&gt;
To check, let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that the actual table is not modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial we have learnt to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• space,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create alias names for gender and date of birth columns using different methods of  aliasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank You'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Private Limited, SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ANJALISATDIVE</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/GROUP-BY-and-HAVING-Clause/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/GROUP-BY-and-HAVING-Clause/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/GROUP-BY-and-HAVING-Clause/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-27T06:10:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ANJALISATDIVE: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: GROUP BY and HAVING Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Ketki Bhamble / EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, query, GROUP BY clause, HAVING clause, aggregate functions, COUNT(*), EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''GROUP BY and HAVING Clause''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''GROUP BY '''clause &lt;br /&gt;
* Apply aggregate functions with '''GROUP''' '''BY''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* Filter grouped results using the '''HAVING''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gh-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have opened the '''pgAdmin4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table on the screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT * FROM students;&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the '''students''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''student ID''', '''name''', '''city,''' '''gender''', date of birth, and '''CGPA'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''GROUP BY''' clause groups rows that have the same values into summary rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with aggregate functions to organise results.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of GROUP BY'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name, aggregate_function(column_name)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY column_name;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' GROUP BY clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY clause '''groups rows with the same column values.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us find the number of students from each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, COUNT(*) '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It groups rows by city and counts the total number of students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows each city with the total number of students from that city.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us calculate the average '''CGPA''' of students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query groups students by city and calculates the average '''CGPA '''for each group.Let us execute this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can also group records using other columns such as gender.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT gender, COUNT(*)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY gender;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query groups students based on gender.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows the count of male and female students in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''HAVING''' clause filters grouped results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''GROUP BY''' clause and aggregate functions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, COUNT(*)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING COUNT(*) &amp;gt; 2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query groups the records by '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It displays only those cities where the number of students is greater than 2.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2) &amp;gt; 8.5;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''HAVING''' clause filters the grouped results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It displays only those cities where the average '''CGPA''' is greater than 8 point 5.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, COUNT(*)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa &amp;gt; 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING COUNT(*) &amp;gt; 1;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query, we will analyze student data city-wise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we filter students with '''CGPA''' greater than 8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, we group these students by city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''WHERE''' clause filters rows before grouping. However the''' HAVING '''clause filters groups after aggregation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then we will count students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output displays only those cities with more than one student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the GROUP BY clause, &lt;br /&gt;
* Apply aggregate functions with GROUP BY, and &lt;br /&gt;
* Filter grouped results using the HAVING clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10 + 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an Assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the maximum '''CGPA''' obtained by students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the minimum '''CGPA '''for each gender.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the total '''CGPA''' of students for each city.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display cities where the average '''CGPA''' is less than 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find genders that have more than 5 students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display cities where the maximum '''CGPA''' is greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited. SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-24T06:43:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a' '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern within single quotes '''percentage a''' means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the ''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose ''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The ''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column_names FROM table_name WHERE [condition];'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 + 21+ 22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-23T06:41:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the script: Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors:''' EduPyramids.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  Aggregate Functions, COUNT, AVG(average), SUM, MIN, MAX,  Null values, COUNT asterisk, ROUND value, EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Aggregate Functions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''af-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Aggregate''' functions perform calculations on multiple rows and return a single value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some common aggregate functions are '''COUNT''', '''AVG''', '''SUM''', '''MIN''', and '''MAX'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Aggregate''' functions perform calculations on multiple rows and return a single value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some common aggregate functions are '''COUNT''', '''Average''', '''SUM''', '''MIN''', and '''MAX'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us learn these functions using query examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we will learn about the '''COUNT''' function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT COUNT(*) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight COUNT(*)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' asterisk function returns the total number of rows in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It counts all records including those containing '''NULL''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows the total number of students stored in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will see how '''COUNT''' works when applied to a specific column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT COUNT(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''COUNT(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' function counts the number of not '''NULL''' values in the '''C G P A''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output displays the number of students whose '''C G P A''' value is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show both the outputs in different query windows.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''COUNT asterisk''' returns all the rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the COUNT '''column''' counts only '''not NULL''' values of the specified column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will calculate the average C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT AVG(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''AVG(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''average''' function calculates the average of all cgpa values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the average c g p a of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Observe that, using the average keyword we get insignificant digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reduce the number of insignificant digits after the decimal point, type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ROUND value 2 limits the result to 2 digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays only two digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find the highest C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MAX(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
MAX(cgpa)&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''MAX''' function returns the largest value in the C G P A column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result displays the highest C G P A recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will find the lowest C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MIN(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN''' returns the smallest value in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the lowest C G P A  recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Finally, we will calculate the total C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT SUM(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUM(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''SUM''' function helps us find the total C G P A  of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the sum of all CGPA values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Write a query to find how many different cities are present in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate the average CGPA of students born after 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the highest CGPA among female students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the lowest CGPA among male students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate the total CGPA of students from each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited. SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ANJALISATDIVE</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-20T07:44:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ketkinaina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: ''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  syntax, NULL values, IS NULL, UPDATE statement, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display '''Null''' values and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''UPDATE''' Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''p g Admin 4.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''nvu-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code''' '''Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is a NULL Value?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''null''' value is an unknown or missing value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a field has no value it can be left blank as no data stored in it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Null'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_names'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name IS NULL&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax to show a '''Null''' value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IS NULL''' clause checks for fields that have no stored values.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:''' INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender, dob, cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S116', 'Ravi', 'Pune', 'M', NULL, NULL);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the''' Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us insert a '''NULL''' value. For this, type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''NULL''' keyword is used to insert null values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The query is returned successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S117', 'Kiran', 'Pune', 'M');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADD ANNOTATION.( '''CGPA''' and '''DOB''' are automatically set to '''NULL''')&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, '''C G P A''' and '''D O B columns''' are automatically set to '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can add a '''NULL value''' by inserting a record without specifying its value.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we are using the '''IS NULL '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays details of students whose '''C G P A''' is currently not recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, the '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values are not known. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us see another example.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT studentid, studentname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query displays studentid and their names whose '''C G P A''' value is '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the record so that it no longer displays NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''UPDATE''' Statement is used to modify existing records in a table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of UPDATE Statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET column1 = value1, column2 = value2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE condition; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the syntax of the UPDATE statement.'''UPDATE''' specifies the table to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET''' assigns new values to one or more columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE''' selects the records that need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET cgpa = 8.1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the Null value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''SET''' keyword sets the C G P A value to 8 point 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on Query returned successfully in 322 msec.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output shows that the query is updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = ‘S116’;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that a new record is added to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show the table and point to M in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the records of students with studentids S116 and S117.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following:'''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET gender = 'Male''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''OR studentid = 'S117';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query we will set the gender to male.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the gender columns of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the entire table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the gender column '''M''' is updated to '''Male''' for studentids '''S116 '''and''' S117'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display Null values and &lt;br /&gt;
* UPDATE Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert a student record with a NULL CGPA value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the NULL CGPA value for one student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the updated record using a SELECT query.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ketkinaina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Logical-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Logical-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Logical-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-17T10:40:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ketkinaina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: Logical Operators in PostgreSQL'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, Logical operators, AND, OR, NOT, WHERE, EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' Logical Operators '''in''' PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''AND''', '''OR '''and''' NOT''' operators.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL '''tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''lo-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Logical Operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Logical''' '''operators''' are used to combine multiple conditions in a query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They help to filter records by evaluating conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will use '''AND''', '''OR''', and '''NOT '''operators to explain various conditions'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us use the '''AND''' operator in a query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city = 'Pune' AND gender = 'Female';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:AND'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we are using the '''WHERE''' clause along with the '''AND''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The condition checks if the city is Pune and gender is Female.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''AND''' operation, only those records are shown that satisfy both the conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| click the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the''' Execute''' query icon on the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows only two records that satisfy the given condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that records of only female students from Pune are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us use the '''OR''' operator in an example.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city = 'Mumbai' OR city = 'Delhi';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:OR'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we use the '''WHERE''' clause with the '''OR''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This condition checks whether the city is Mumbai or Delhi. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rows that satisfy at least one of these conditions are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see the details of students from Mumbai and Delhi.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us see an example of the '''NOT''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE NOT gender = 'Male';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:NOT'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we use the '''WHERE''' clause with the '''NOT''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This condition excludes all the rows where gender is Male.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows the details of all the female students. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''AND''', '''OR''' and''' NOT operators'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the details of students who are from Chennai and whose gender is Female.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the records of students who are from Hyderabad or Bangalore.&lt;br /&gt;
* List all students who are not from Pune.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose gender is Male and not from Mumbai.&lt;br /&gt;
* List student details where city is Jaipur or Ahmedabad, but gender is not Female.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ketkinaina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Relational-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Relational-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Relational-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-07T10:27:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ketkinaina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: Relational Operators.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: EduPyramids.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' postgresql, pgadmin4, Relational operators, equal to, not equal to, greater than, less than, greater than or equal to, less than or equal to, WHERE clause, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Relational Operators '''in''' Postgres Q L'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2 '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Relational operators'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org]&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:transparent;color:#000000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''Postgres Q L''' and '''p g Admin 4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''Postgres Q L''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ro-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Relational operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city = ‘Bhopal’;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight: WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Relational operators are used to compare values in a table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are used along with the '''WHERE''' clause to filter the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They return only those rows that satisfy a specified condition.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us use relational operators to execute queries with different conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the following query:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city = 'Delhi';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight: WHERE city = 'Delhi';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query we will retrieve the records of students using equal to operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query displays the details of the student Bindu, who resides in Delhi.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the following query:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa &amp;gt; 9.0;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will retrieve the records of students whose C G P A is greater than 9 point zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output shows the details of students whose C G P A is greater than 9 point zero.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the following query:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa &amp;lt; 8.0;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will retrieve the records of students whose C G P A is less than 8 point zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now execute this query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the following query:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE dob&amp;gt;= '1996-04-22';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now retrieve the records of students based on date of birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the query that uses the greater than or equal to operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays all student records who were born on or after 22 April 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the following query:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid &amp;lt;= 'S111';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, let us retrieve the records of students whose student id is '''S 1 1 1 '''or less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me type this query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we have used less than or equal to operator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the records of students in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the following query:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT *'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city &amp;lt;&amp;gt; 'Mumbai';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''execute''' '''query''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us retrieve the records of students whose city is not Mumbai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we have used the not equal to operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays all students who are not from Mumbai. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7 '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
* Relational operators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8 '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the details of students who reside in the city Pune.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the details of students whose gender is Female.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the details of students who were born before 1st January 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the details of students whose student ID is not S101.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank You'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ketkinaina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha_Library_Software</id>
		<title>Koha Library Software</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha_Library_Software"/>
				<updated>2026-03-23T04:10:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Koha Library Management Software'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Koha''' is a first '''open source Integrated Library System (ILS)'''. It is used world-wide and was created in 1999 by Katipo Communications. It has library standard compliant like '''MARC21/UNIMARC, Unicode, Z39.50, ILL''', etc. The first installation of '''Koha''' went live in January 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Koha''' allows total customization and full control over library data. It costs significantly less than proprietary library systems. The platform serves diverse needs, from academic and public to legal and corporate libraries. Users benefit from a vibrant, enthusiastic open-source community. As an '''ILS''', it ensures libraries never fall behind with outdated technology. The system is partially translated into 62 different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Koha'''’s primary strengths are its web accessibility and intuitive interface. Software installation on individual staff or user terminals is not required. It supports all core library operations, including '''Acquisition and Cataloging, Circulation and Serial Control, Patron Managemen'''t and '''OPAC'''. The platform integrates modern Web 2.0 tools. It is easily configurable and frequently updated with new features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Koha’s''' main strength is its web accessibility and ease of use. Libraries do not have to install the software on staff and user terminals. '''Koha''' supports all library house keeping activities such as '''Acquisition, Cataloging, Circulation, Serial Control, Patron Management, and OPAC'''. It also supports '''Web 2.0 tools'''. Thus, '''Koha''' can be readily configured to the needs of each library and is updated with new features frequently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Koha''' '''24.05''' was released on May 28, 2024 as an '''open-source Integrated Library System (ILS)''' with key improvements. It includes enhanced MARC record handling, faster search functionality, and streamlined cataloging workflows. It also features better reporting tools, numerous bug fixes, and a more user-friendly interface. Additionally, it introduces advanced library administration options for managing branches, circulation policies, and user permissions, improving overall system performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Spoken Tutorial''' effort for '''Koha Library Software''' '''series''' has been contributed by '''Ms. Vaibhavi Satardekar''', and '''Ms. Maya Hans''' from the '''Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay'''. The content inputs were given by '''Dr. Manju Naika Central Library, IIT- Bombay''' and domain reviews were done by '''Ms. Samruddhi Hawaldar, Central Library, IIT-Bombay'''. Novice check for the tutorials was done by '''Ms. Ketki Bhamble'''. The entire series of Koha has been edited by '''Arvind Pillai, Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learners''': Library Science students and Library Staff who wish to create a Koha library for their institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Basic Level'''==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Create Virtual Machine using WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Install WSL&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Ubuntu on WSL&lt;br /&gt;
* Create and run a virtual Linux environment on WSL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Koha Library Management System on Ubuntu Linux OS 24.05'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update system packages&lt;br /&gt;
* Add Koha 24.05 repository&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Koha package&lt;br /&gt;
* Modify port configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* Setup database (MariaDB)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable Apache module&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Koha instance&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure database access&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Koha setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Koha Web Installation and Onboarding'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Koha Web Installer&lt;br /&gt;
** Perl modules confirmation&lt;br /&gt;
** Database settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Database setup&lt;br /&gt;
** Basic configuration settings&lt;br /&gt;
** MARC21 configuration&lt;br /&gt;
** Optional configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* Onboarding&lt;br /&gt;
** Library code setup&lt;br /&gt;
** Library contact details&lt;br /&gt;
** Create an admin account (Superlibrarian)&lt;br /&gt;
** Create item type&lt;br /&gt;
** Create circulation rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Add a new library'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new library&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill in the form&lt;br /&gt;
** Fill in the Library code Library Contact Details&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a general email id for the created Library to send messages and updates&lt;br /&gt;
* Add Reply-To mail to receive reply messages&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill in the URL to link the library name to the holdings table on the OPAC&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter OPAC details&lt;br /&gt;
** Edit Library details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Modify a library'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Koha administration&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the libraries page&lt;br /&gt;
* View the list of libraries&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the library to modify&lt;br /&gt;
** Find the action options&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the edit option&lt;br /&gt;
** Fill in the OPAC details&lt;br /&gt;
** Update library details&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the changes&lt;br /&gt;
* Confirm modification success&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Create a Library Group'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access library groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new group&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter group title and description&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure group options&lt;br /&gt;
** Save the group&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirmation message&lt;br /&gt;
** Edit or manage group options&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a sub-group&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter sub-group title and description&lt;br /&gt;
** Save the sub-group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Add a new patron category'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new patron category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access patron categories&lt;br /&gt;
* Open new category form&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill mandatory fields&lt;br /&gt;
** Set enrollment period&lt;br /&gt;
** Specify age limits&lt;br /&gt;
** Apply enrollment fees&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure notification settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Define category type and library limitations&lt;br /&gt;
* Set OPAC permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Add new patron'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new patron&lt;br /&gt;
* Select patron type&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter patron identity details&lt;br /&gt;
** Provide address and contact information&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure registration and expiry dates&lt;br /&gt;
** Define OPAC/Staff login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
** Save patron record&lt;br /&gt;
* Set permissions to the patron&lt;br /&gt;
* Modify patron details&lt;br /&gt;
* Save modified details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Add an New Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to item types in Koha&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to item types in Koha&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new item type&lt;br /&gt;
** Setup item type details&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose an icon for the item type&lt;br /&gt;
** Hide in OPAC feature&lt;br /&gt;
** Not for loan option&lt;br /&gt;
** Set up rental and replacement costs&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure check-in message and SIP media type&lt;br /&gt;
* Save and manage item types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10. Create MARC framework'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* About MARC frameworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a MARC framework&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a MARC bibliographic framework&lt;br /&gt;
* Add new framework&lt;br /&gt;
** Framework code and description&lt;br /&gt;
* About MARC framework tags&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit a tag&lt;br /&gt;
* System preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable authority preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* Save preferences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''11. Set currency'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Acquisition parameters&lt;br /&gt;
* Currencies and exchange rates&lt;br /&gt;
* Add New currency&lt;br /&gt;
** Currency&lt;br /&gt;
** Rate&lt;br /&gt;
** Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
** ISO code&lt;br /&gt;
* Active currency&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit currency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''12. Add a Budget'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to budget&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the budget module&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new budget&lt;br /&gt;
** Set time period&lt;br /&gt;
** Allocate budget amount&lt;br /&gt;
** Activate budget&lt;br /&gt;
* Save budget details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''13. Allocate Funds'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access Acquisitions module&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Select budget for allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Create new fund&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter fund details&lt;br /&gt;
** Set warnings&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose library&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit the allocation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''14. Duplicate a Budget'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to duplicate budget&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the acquisition parameters&lt;br /&gt;
* Select budget for duplication&lt;br /&gt;
** Set time period&lt;br /&gt;
** Adjust budget amount&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure additional options&lt;br /&gt;
* Save budget details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''15. Place Order For a Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access system preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new vendor&lt;br /&gt;
* Acquisition options&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a basket&lt;br /&gt;
** Add orders to the basket&lt;br /&gt;
** Budget and fund usage alerts&lt;br /&gt;
* Close the basket&lt;br /&gt;
* Receive shipments&lt;br /&gt;
* View receipt summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''16. Close a Budget'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access Acquisitions module&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the budget&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the close option&lt;br /&gt;
** Move unreceived orders&lt;br /&gt;
** Unspent funds&lt;br /&gt;
* Finalize the process&lt;br /&gt;
* Closure report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''17. Cataloging'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access Cataloging module&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new record&lt;br /&gt;
** MARC record initialization&lt;br /&gt;
** ISBN entry&lt;br /&gt;
** Add cataloging source&lt;br /&gt;
** Title and author information&lt;br /&gt;
** Physical description and subject tags&lt;br /&gt;
** Koha item type&lt;br /&gt;
* Save MARC record&lt;br /&gt;
* Add item details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''18. System Preferences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access system preferences&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure enhanced content settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Save enhanced content preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to OPAC preferences&lt;br /&gt;
** Update OPAC appearance settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Configure OPAC features&lt;br /&gt;
** Update OPAC privacy settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Save OPAC preferences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''19. Circulation and fine rules'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access Koha staff interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Circulation and fine rules&lt;br /&gt;
** Customize circulation rules&lt;br /&gt;
* Save and clone the rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20. Checkout Checkin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Checkout process&lt;br /&gt;
* View checkout details&lt;br /&gt;
* Renewing items&lt;br /&gt;
* Check in item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''21. OPAC'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the OPAC page&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform a basic search&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort search results&lt;br /&gt;
* View item availability&lt;br /&gt;
* Refine your search&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search option&lt;br /&gt;
* Use multiple search criteria&lt;br /&gt;
** Keyword&lt;br /&gt;
** Subject&lt;br /&gt;
** Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Author&lt;br /&gt;
** Publisher&lt;br /&gt;
** ISBN&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Filters for item type and language&lt;br /&gt;
* Use more search options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''22. Access to Library Account on Web'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the OPAC page&lt;br /&gt;
* Login into the account&lt;br /&gt;
* Patron details overview&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigating the patron account tabs&lt;br /&gt;
* View items in the cart&lt;br /&gt;
* Add items to lists&lt;br /&gt;
* View checkout history&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a purchase suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''23. Catalog Serials'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Serials module&lt;br /&gt;
* Add MARC record for Serial&lt;br /&gt;
* Add item details for Serial&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify the cataloging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''24. Add subscription for serials'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new serial subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Select vendor&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter subscription details&lt;br /&gt;
* Review and save subscription&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''25. Receive serials'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for serial title&lt;br /&gt;
* Receive serial&lt;br /&gt;
* Update issue status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''26. Configure a Claim Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a New Claim Notice&lt;br /&gt;
* Compose the Email&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the Notice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''27. Send Claim Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Search serial title&lt;br /&gt;
* Claim late serials&lt;br /&gt;
* Send claims to vendor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''28. Check Expiration and Renew Serial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Search Expired Serial&lt;br /&gt;
* Check Expiration Date&lt;br /&gt;
* Renew Serial&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''29. Add a patron image'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting patron image preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* Search patron&lt;br /&gt;
* Add patron image&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the patron image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''30. Create Spine Label Template'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a Spine Label Template&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure Label Dimensions and Margins&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the Template&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''31. Create Spine Label Layout'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a Spine Label Layout&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure Label Dimensions&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the Layout&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''32. Create Spine Label Batch'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a Label Batch&lt;br /&gt;
* Add Barcode&lt;br /&gt;
* Export Labels&lt;br /&gt;
* Download PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Intermediate Level'''==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''33. Import Patron Data'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Tools module&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the CSV file&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare the CSV file&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the CSV file&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify the imported patrons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''34. Set Z39.50 server'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction of Z39.50&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new Z39.50 server&lt;br /&gt;
* Get server details from IRSpy&lt;br /&gt;
* Select a target server&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''35. Copy Cataloging using Z39.50'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Z39.50/SRU search&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the search criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* View and import the search results&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit the MARC record&lt;br /&gt;
* Save and add item details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''36. Place hold through staff interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login with staff credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for the item&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the specific item&lt;br /&gt;
* Place the hold&lt;br /&gt;
* Search the patron&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose the pickup location&lt;br /&gt;
* Confirm the hold&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the hold status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''37. Place hold on an item through OPAC'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open OPAC&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for the Item&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the Specific Item&lt;br /&gt;
* Place hold on an item&lt;br /&gt;
* Login OPAC&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose the pickup location&lt;br /&gt;
* Confirm the hold&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the hold status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''38. Make purchase suggestion using Koha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to purchase suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
* Search the patron&lt;br /&gt;
* Add new purchase suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit the suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''39. Make purchase suggestion through OPAC'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login OPAC&lt;br /&gt;
* Make purchase suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
* Save purchase suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''40. Manage Purchase Suggestion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Overview of the permissions required&lt;br /&gt;
* View pending suggestions on staff dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve a purchase suggestion&lt;br /&gt;
* View the result&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''41. Configure Patron Discharge Certificate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to discharge certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable the discharge feature&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the discharge notice&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the notice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''42. Issue Patron Discharge Certificate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the patron account&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify the checkout details&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate the discharge certificate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Advance Level'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''43. Create Guided Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the reports module&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose create a guided report&lt;br /&gt;
* Step by step build a report&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''44. Create SQL Report'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the reports module&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose create SQL report&lt;br /&gt;
* Type and save the SQL code&lt;br /&gt;
* Run the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''45. Run Saved Report'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the reports module&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose create SQL report&lt;br /&gt;
* Type and save the SQL code&lt;br /&gt;
* Run the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''46. Download MarcEditor on Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background – Why MarcEditor is needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Steps to Download MarcEdit software &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''47. Install MarcEditor on Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Run MarcEdit software &lt;br /&gt;
* Install MarcEditor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''48. Extract Excel to Marc Codefile'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download Excel codefile&lt;br /&gt;
* Extract Excel to MARC codefile&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify extracted codefile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''49. Convert excel data to Marc 21 format'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open MarcEdit 7.7&lt;br /&gt;
* Convert Excel to .mrk format&lt;br /&gt;
* Import file to view Data Snapshot&lt;br /&gt;
* Map the Fields to MARC21 tags&lt;br /&gt;
* Join the common subfields&lt;br /&gt;
* Save template&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''50. Compile .mrk into .mrc file'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open MarcEdit 7.7&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the .mrk file&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile the .mrk file into a MARC file (.mrc)&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the compiled MARC file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''51. Import MARC file into Koha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access cataloging module&lt;br /&gt;
* Stage MARC records for import&lt;br /&gt;
* Testdata file upload&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage staged MARC records&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure imported records&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>VaibhaviS</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle</id>
		<title>Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle"/>
				<updated>2026-03-16T14:36:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;=== Introduction ===  '''Moodle''' is a '''''Learning Management System (LMS)''''' designed to assist teachers and educators in creating an online platform that facilitates ad...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Moodle''' is a '''''Learning Management System (LMS)''''' designed to assist teachers and educators in creating an online platform that facilitates adaptive and personalized learning. Developed in 2002, it is free and open-source software widely utilized by both small and large institutions for delivering courses to students online. '''Moodle''' offers a range of built-in features, including essential tools like file uploads, assignments, quizzes, and notifications, as well as more advanced options such as ''forums, wikis,'' and ''collaborative quizzes'' for learners. Additionally, it supports numerous easy-to-install ''plugins'', including attendance tracking, reminders, and analytics, to enhance its functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Spoken Tutorial effort for '''Moodle''' has been contributed by '''Nancy Varkey'''.  The support for video production was provided by the '''Edupyramids''' team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic Level ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Overview of Moodle 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
#* Brief explanation of Moodle and what it can do&lt;br /&gt;
#* Software, hardware requirements for running Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Glimpses of tutorial in the series&lt;br /&gt;
#Server setup before installing Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Update the system packages&lt;br /&gt;
#* Install the web server - nginx&lt;br /&gt;
#* Clean up old PHP sources&lt;br /&gt;
#* Remove any Ondrej PHP repository files&lt;br /&gt;
#* Install tools needed for adding repositories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add the PHP repository from Ondrej&lt;br /&gt;
# Installing and configuring Moodle -published&lt;br /&gt;
#* Download and extract the Moodle 4.5.3 package to the web directory&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create Moodle data directory and apply correct permissions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure PHP session ownership and Moodle file permissions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set up Moodle configuration, Nginx server block, and verify setup&lt;br /&gt;
# Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access Moodle installation through localhost&lt;br /&gt;
#* Identify and fix PHP configuration issues during installation&lt;br /&gt;
#* Complete installation steps including admin and site settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and navigate the Moodle Admin Dashboard after setup&lt;br /&gt;
# Site Administrator dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
#* Log in as Administrator and access the Site Administration Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
#* Identify key admin sections like Users, Courses, Plugins, and Reports&lt;br /&gt;
#* Update Admin profile details, password, and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure forum, calendar, and notification preferences&lt;br /&gt;
# Front page settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and configure Site home settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Customize site name, summary, and front page content&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enable and edit front page sections using Edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify front page display for logged-in and logged-out users&lt;br /&gt;
# Blocks in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand the purpose and types of Moodle blocks&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add commonly used blocks from the block drawer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure, hide, delete, and reposition blocks&lt;br /&gt;
#* Manage site-level default dashboard blocks&lt;br /&gt;
# Categories in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and manage course categories from Site Administration&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create, rename, and organize categories and subcategories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit category descriptions and hierarchy&lt;br /&gt;
#* Safely delete or restore course categories&lt;br /&gt;
# Courses in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create courses with correct names, category, and duration&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit course settings, summary, and visibility&lt;br /&gt;
#* Duplicate, hide, reorder, and delete courses&lt;br /&gt;
#* View courses on the Home page and course list&lt;br /&gt;
# Adding Users in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create users manually with proper authentication settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit user profiles and manage password policies&lt;br /&gt;
#* Upload multiple users using CSV files&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify and manage users added individually or in bulk&lt;br /&gt;
# Assigning User Roles in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* View and filter users from the Participants page&lt;br /&gt;
#* Assign site-level roles such as Teacher or Student&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enroll users into courses with course-level roles&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify and manage user roles within a course&lt;br /&gt;
# Install plugins&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Plugins overview and identify installed plugins&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure Assignment and Submission plugin settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Search, download, and install plugins from moodle.org&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify installed plugins and understand their usage&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher’s dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Navigate the Teacher Dashboard and available blocks&lt;br /&gt;
#* View assigned courses using My Courses&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit teacher profile and personal preferences&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add initial course details such as section names and summaries&lt;br /&gt;
# Course settings in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure course name, format, visibility, and appearance&lt;br /&gt;
#* Update course summary and upload size limits&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add sections and organize course structure&lt;br /&gt;
#* Preview the course using Switch role&lt;br /&gt;
# Format course material&lt;br /&gt;
#* Rename, reorder, duplicate, hide, and delete sections&lt;br /&gt;
#* Format content using Moodle’s HTML editor&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add multimedia, equations, tables, and links&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure activity completion and reminders&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add resources like Book, Folder, File, and URL&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure resource settings and descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set completion and access restrictions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Manage layout, visibility, and resource organization&lt;br /&gt;
# Create Assignments for students in a Moodle Course&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and configure Assignment activities&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set availability, submission, grading, and feedback options&lt;br /&gt;
#* Apply access restrictions and completion conditions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Organize assignments within the course layout&lt;br /&gt;
# Forum for a Moodle Course&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure course and teacher profile settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and organize course content and sections&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create and configure forums for discussions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Post topics, reply to posts, and manage forum participation&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating a Question bank in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand the purpose and structure of the Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and configure different question types&lt;br /&gt;
#* Preview and verify questions and feedback&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit, duplicate, or delete questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating question categories in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand the role of question categories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create and manage question categories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Move and filter questions by category&lt;br /&gt;
#* Safely delete and maintain categories&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and configure a quiz activity&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set timing, grading, layout, and review options&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add questions and random questions from the Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
#* Preview and adjust quiz settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Course enrollment and communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enroll students and assign appropriate roles&lt;br /&gt;
#* Send messages and notes to students&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand visibility of notes and messages&lt;br /&gt;
#* View notifications and communications as a student&lt;br /&gt;
# Student’s dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and navigate the personalized Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
#* View enrolled courses and notifications&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit profile details and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
#* Send and receive messages&lt;br /&gt;
# Accessing material and participating in forums in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Navigate courses using the Course Index&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand conditional access and completion tracking&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access learning materials and mark them as done&lt;br /&gt;
#* Participate in announcements and forum discussions&lt;br /&gt;
# Submitting assignments in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Locate and review assignment details&lt;br /&gt;
#* Submit assignments using text or file upload&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit drafts and perform final submission&lt;br /&gt;
#* View submission status, grades, and feedback&lt;br /&gt;
# Attempting a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Locate and review quiz details&lt;br /&gt;
#* Attempt quizzes and manage time using the timer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Navigate between questions and submit responses&lt;br /&gt;
#* Review quiz results and feedback&lt;br /&gt;
# Review and grade assignments and quizzes in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access assignment submissions and grading interface&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter grades and feedback for assignments&lt;br /&gt;
#* Review quiz attempts and student responses&lt;br /&gt;
#* Override marks and finalize grading&lt;br /&gt;
# Generating reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access grades and course reports&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use filters and different report types&lt;br /&gt;
#* Download reports in CSV or Excel formats&lt;br /&gt;
#* Analyze reports to improve teaching and learning&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-08T03:25:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, grades management, course reports, report filters, report download, data analysis, Moodle assessment, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to generate, '''download''', and analyze '''reports''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to view or '''download reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a teacher login&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course&lt;br /&gt;
* Have graded assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in as teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as '''teacher Nitya.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Moodle Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reports''' in '''Moodle''' help track student progress, course activity, and engagement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now let us see how to generate these '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Advanced Algebra course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Advanced Algebra''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this course had 2 '''graded assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to see the '''grades''' scored by all the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to dropdown option - Grader Report&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The default dropdown option here is ''''Grader Report.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
|Click to view other options for '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Single View &lt;br /&gt;
|Let's click on '''Single view'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Search users''' textbox, start typing the name of the student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you type, names of students appear in a list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the student you want to view details of. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to see all the graded items and related details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up Menu: Click on Reports&lt;br /&gt;
|Next, from the '''course menu''', click on '''Reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Available types – Activity, Course participation, Logs, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|You can choose from several '''report types''' listed here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall this '''course''' had completion statuses for all the '''course''' materials. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Select: Activity completion&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s choose the '''report type - Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''report''', we can see the completion details for each '''course''' material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Export options (CSV, Excel compatible)&lt;br /&gt;
|If you want to save or share the '''report''', look for the '''Download''' options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export the '''report''' in formats like ''''CSV'''' or ''''Excel compatible format.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Download Excel compatible format&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Download''' to save the '''report''' to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the '''downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on actions such as helping low-performing students or revising content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Now let’s learn how '''teachers''' can '''download quiz reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Calculus course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Calculus''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this '''course''' had a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click column head &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|In the table, click on the column head '''Quiz for Basic Calculus''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Results&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''quiz summary''' page opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''quiz menu''', click on '''Results'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options&lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for &amp;quot;Download table data as&amp;quot; → Click on &amp;quot;Excel option&amp;quot; → click Download &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for '''Download table data as.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the '''format''' suitable for you. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Download''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the''' downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So this is how a '''teacher''' can access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate and download them&lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''reports''' to analyze and improve '''course''' outcomes &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an '''assignment''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''filters''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Export the '''report''' in '''PDF format''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''report''' and identify students who may need additional help &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T05:34:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments and Quizzes in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment grading, Moodle quiz review, student response analysis, override marks, finalizing grades, Moodle assessment management, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments and Quizzes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* View student submissions for assignments and quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade assignments manually&lt;br /&gt;
* Review quiz attempts and grades&lt;br /&gt;
* Release grades and feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to evaluate student performance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a '''teacher login'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Teacher access''' to a '''Moodle course'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Have assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the logged in username&lt;br /&gt;
||Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|From the dashboard, navigate to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Advanced Algebra course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll down and locate the '''Assignment 1''' activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Submissions Refer to the above image &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Submissions''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submissions table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''student submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Participant 1, Participant 2&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Anonymous submissions''' was enabled for this '''assignment'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the student names appear as '''Participant 1, 2''' and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the three dots below → &amp;quot;Grade&amp;quot; column → textbox → type &lt;br /&gt;
|For '''Participant 2''', let’s locate the column named '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the three dots below it and click on '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the right arrow to go to pages 2 and 3 → Scroll each page to show the text of the submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Page 1 of '''Participant 2’s submission''' is now displayed on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the right arrow to view page 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Type 55 in the Grade textbox&lt;br /&gt;
|Now look at the right side of the screen and scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this submission is incomplete, we will grade it 55 out of 100. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Feedback comment box type “Incomplete submission” &lt;br /&gt;
|Then in the '''Feedback comment box''' we will type a short message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
|Once done, click '''Save changes''' at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Graded status&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''assignment''' submission now has '''Graded status'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Change user dropdown and point to Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate '''Change user''' dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using this dropdown, we can choose the next student’s assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Repeat the same steps for Participant 1’s submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the grading process for all other student submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Advanced Algebra at the top left&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s return to the main '''course''' page of '''Advanced Algebra.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: My Courses → Calculus Locate Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Now, let us learn how to review a '''quiz submission'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''My courses''' and then on '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to the '''quiz''' activity '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz Summary Page → point to Attempts:2&lt;br /&gt;
|We land on the '''quiz summary''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we can see '''Attempts''' as 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Attempts''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz attempts table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''quiz attempts''' by the '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Grade column''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This is an '''auto-graded quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So grades are shown automatically for each student’s attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Mahima → Review attempt&lt;br /&gt;
|Below the student’s name, we can see '''Review attempt''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click this to view the student’s detailed attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Make comment or override mark&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|You can override the grades for any question or add feedback comments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Make comment or override mark'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on “Make comment or override mark” and type “Please refer to the Reading chapter for better understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
|You can provide written '''feedback''' in the '''comment box'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Marks box&lt;br /&gt;
|You can also override the marks for the attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Click on Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Save''' to apply the '''feedback comment''' and change in '''Marks''', if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, that’s how you do the grading for students’ assignments and quiz attempts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''  &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a teacher can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade assignment submissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade quiz attempts&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as a teacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade another '''assignment''' and '''quiz attempt'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Add written feedback as well &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T05:06:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz management, Moodle quiz, attempt and review quiz, navigate quiz questions, manage quiz time, feedback and grade, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is for '''students''' who are enrolled in a '''Moodle''' course and need to attempt a quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites'''  &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published quiz &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Linear Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
|In the top menu, go to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Calculus''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Course Page – Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll through the course page and locate ''''Quiz for Basic Calculus''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will be directed to the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show details like number of attempts, time limit, and the grade required to pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Attempt quiz&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Attempt quiz''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop-up box → Click &amp;quot;Start Attempt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Read the standard instructions in the pop-up and click the '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Questions Appear''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The quiz questions will now appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt each question by selecting the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Timer''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Observe the timer on the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the remaining time to complete the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Navigation Panel – Moving Between Questions &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the quiz navigation panel on the right to move between questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Save and Submit Quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
|After answering all questions, click on '''Finish attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Summary of the attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The summary of the attempt is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the '''Return to attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can return to your attempt from here, if you wish to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Submit all and finish''' &lt;br /&gt;
|When you are sure, click on '''Submit all and finish''' to submit your quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Popup: Are you sure you want to submit?''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A confirmation popup will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Submit all and finish''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Summary Page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will now see the quiz summary page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows your attempt status, score, and feedback, if enabled by teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Finish review in the Quiz Navigation panel. &lt;br /&gt;
|Once you finish reviewing, click on '''Finish review''' in the '''Quiz Navigation''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You are back on the '''Quiz''' page where the grade and other details are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Point to the Review hyperlink''' &lt;br /&gt;
|If enabled, you can click '''Review''' to see your answers and the correct answers again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the same quiz as Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T04:37:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment submission, Moodle tutorials, Upload files Moodle, Edit Draft submissions, View grades Moodle, Moodle assignment feedback, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' – '''Submitting assignments in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How a '''student''' accesses and submits an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is meant for '''students''' who are using '''Moodle''' to submit '''assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published assignment activity &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Advanced Algebra''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, go to '''My Courses''' and select '''Advanced Algebra''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate '''Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Assignment Instructions, Grading status and Submission status&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be taken to the assignment page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows instructions, due date, grading status, and submission status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Add Submission&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''Add submission''' button to begin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Online Text box  File Upload box → &amp;gt;&amp;gt; → Click Upload a file → below Attachment click Choose file &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now submit your assignment in two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type directly in the '''Online Text''' box (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or upload a file by dragging it to the upload area. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or clicking the circular '''plus icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: File Picker → Upload a File → Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| In the file picker dialog, click on '''Upload a file''' → then on '''Browse'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the assignment answer file from your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save Changes button &lt;br /&gt;
| After uploading the file or typing in the '''Online Text''' box, click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status → Draft &lt;br /&gt;
| The submission will now appear in '''Draft''' status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit it until the due date if your teacher has allowed editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to &amp;quot;Remove assignment&amp;quot; button &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also remove it, in case you want to re-do the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Final Submit assignment → Continue &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Submit assignment''' button to confirm your submission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A confirmation prompt will follow. Click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status – Submitted for grading &lt;br /&gt;
| Your submission is now marked as '''Submitted for grading'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You cannot make changes after this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Grading and Feedback (after evaluation) &lt;br /&gt;
| Once the teacher evaluates your work, the grade and feedback will appear on the same page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs Assignment-1 → Done status &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Advanced Algebra''' course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''status''' of '''Assignment-1''' has now changed to '''Done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how a '''student''' can submit assignments in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How students access and submit an assignment in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload assignment text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan. &lt;br /&gt;
* Make another submission for the same Assignment-1 in &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot; course by Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T03:31:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle course navigation, conditional access, completion tracking, accessing learning materials, forum participation, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''enrolled courses''' and navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can find and download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''forum''' is in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' enrolled in '''Moodle courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with course material and an active ''forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username mahima.singh and password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → list of courses &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click on '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that '''Mahima''' is '''enrolled''' into 3 different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''course''' named '''Advanced Algebra''' to open its page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Course Index (Left) Refer to screenshot 1 at the end of the script&lt;br /&gt;
| Observe the '''Course Index''' on the left side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''index''' helps in navigating through the various '''course''' sections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Hover your mouse over the accessible hyperlinked resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that some resources in the centre of the page are '''hyperlinked'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means you can click and access them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Continue the same screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the lock icons in the index and the centre of the page &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice lock '''icons''' on certain resources in the '''index''' and at the centre of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These resources display a '''condition''' to be fulfilled to open the access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 2''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|For example - In order to access '''Assignment 2''',  we need to complete '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 1''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|And in order to access '''Assignment 1''',  we need to complete '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications” → click on “Mark as done” → point to “Done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll up and click on '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have read it, click on '''“Mark as done”'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''status''' now changes to '''“Done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Yet Another Calculus Text” &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, click on the book chapter '''“Yet Another Calculus Text”''' in the '''index''' and read it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock '''icon''' disappeared for '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Exponential and Logarithmic Functions” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| You can also move to any '''section''' by clicking directly on it in the '''index'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''“Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures”'''.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to “Single Variable Calculus” and then click &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock '''icon''' for '''Single Variable Calculus''' disappears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s click it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the link → YouTube video &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click on the '''link''' provided therein which leads to a '''YouTube''' video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the back arrow of the browser → click “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| After watching it, click the back arrow of the '''browser''' and click '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources &amp;amp; statuses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources and their '''statuses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the green marker in the index for the completed resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Resources that have a green marker in the index indicate they have been completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at another '''course - Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Below General, click on Announcements → Click on All students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here, below '''General''', click on '''Announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''All students''' to read the announcement from '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the forum discussion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to find the '''forum''' activity on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Introduce ourselves → Click on Reply link of the teacher’s post → type “Hello mam, happy to be in your class”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''discussion topic''' to open the '''forum discussion page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, click on the '''Reply link''' below '''teacher Nitya’s post''' and type a reply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Calculus course page.'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon at the top right → click teacher Nitya’s message about a guest lecturer → close drawer by clicking the left arrow above &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''callout icon''' at the top right to open the messaging drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read '''teacher Nitya’s''' message about a guest lecturer.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the message drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So this is how a student can access course materials and participate in '''forums'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize, we learnt how students can:&lt;br /&gt;
* Access enrolled courses &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* Find &amp;amp; download attachments or course materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a Moodle forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access forum discussions&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to the “Let’s introduce ourselves” discussion started by teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T02:46:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Student’s Dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, student dashboard navigation, enrolled courses, messaging in Moodle, profile editing, student dashboard, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Student’s Dashboard in Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Student's dashboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Key '''blocks''' and their functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewing '''enrolled courses'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing '''user profile'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending and viewing '''messages''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' who are accessing their '''Student Dashboard''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Have student access in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''login''', you will land on the '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the personalized '''homepage''' for each '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click Edit mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn on the '''Edit mode''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Block Drawer – Calendar, Online Users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''block drawer''' arrow at the top right side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will see '''blocks''' like '''Online users''' and '''Calendar'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add a Block below Dashboard→ Latest Announcements&lt;br /&gt;
| To add more '''blocks''', click '''Add a block''' below '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s select the '''Latest Announcements block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''block''' for students that shows '''course'''-wise '''announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;My courses&amp;quot; in the top menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at '''Mahima’s enrolled courses'''.  Click on '''My courses''' in the top menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 3 courses one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| This is the list of all '''courses''' the '''student''' is '''enrolled''' in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Only '''published courses''' are visible to '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall '''Mahima''' was '''enrolled''' earlier to these '''courses''' by the '''teacher''' and the '''Site admin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Profile Dropdown → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s look at the personal details '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit your '''profile''', click on your '''username''' at the top right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit Profile Page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add any city (Pune and country (India) → click on Update Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Edit profile''' and '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can update name, city, description, or upload or update your '''profile photo'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once done, save the changes by clicking on the '''Update Profile''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s learn to send some '''messages'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard → look at Online Users block &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Mahima (you will see her online if you followed my instructions at the beginning of the script) &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Dashboard''' and look at the '''Online Users''' block. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see other '''students''' here when they are '''logged in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the callout icon&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout icon''' next to '''Amina Hasan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type &amp;quot;Hello Amina&amp;quot; → Enter &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “'''Hello Amina'''” and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “Can I meet you at 4pm today in the library?”  → Enter &lt;br /&gt;
| Then type '''“Can I meet you at 4pm today in the library?”''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Just perform the below steps  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Switch to the private browser window where '''Amina''' is logged in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Dashboard''' and look at the '''Online Users''' block. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''callout icon''' next to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Amina's messages &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s look at '''student Amina’s dashboard''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are '''Mahima’s messages'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s a quick overview of the '''Student’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* How a student accesses their Moodle dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* Key blocks and their functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Accessing enrolled courses &amp;amp; navigating within&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing user profile&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending and viewing messages &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as '''student Amina'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to '''Mahima’s message''' - “Sure Mahima” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Software/C2/Create-Virtual-Machine-using-WSL/English</id>
		<title>Koha-Library-Software/C2/Create-Virtual-Machine-using-WSL/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Software/C2/Create-Virtual-Machine-using-WSL/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-05T04:23:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;VaibhaviS: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script:''' Create Virtual Machine using WSL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: '''Maya Hans and  Vaibhavi Satardekar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL), Virtual Machine in WSL, Linux on Windows, Ubuntu on WSL, Linux Environment on Windows, Install WSL on Windows 11, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Create a Virtual Machine using WSL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we will learn about '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
We will also learn how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Install '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Ubuntu on '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Create and run a virtual Linux environment on '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
We will also learn how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Install '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Ubuntu on '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Create and run a virtual Linux environment on '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To record this tutorial, I am using:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Windows 11 Pro Operating System'''&lt;br /&gt;
* A working internet connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using:&lt;br /&gt;
* A '''Windows 11 pro Operating System ''' and,&lt;br /&gt;
* A working internet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, &lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have basic knowledge of using '''Command Prompt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial, &lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have basic knowledge of using '''Command Prompt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is WSL?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WSL''' stands for '''Windows Subsystem for Linux'''&lt;br /&gt;
* It allows users to run a '''Linux''' environment directly on '''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
* It works without using traditional virtual machines like '''VirtualBox''' or '''VMware'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''WSL''' is lightweight, fast, and easy to use environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s understand what '''WSL''' is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WSL''' stands for '''Windows Subsystem for Linux'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* It allows users to run a '''Linux''' environment directly on '''Windows'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* It works without using traditional virtual machines like '''VirtualBox''' or '''VMware'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''WSL''' is lightweight, fast, and easy to use environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Start menu&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Right-click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Run as Administrator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let’s begin the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Start menu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search box, let’s type '''Command Prompt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right-click on it and select '''Run as administrator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''User Account Control''' window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do you want to allow this app to make changes to your device?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Yes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight '''Administrator Command Prompt''' window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: '''wsl --install ''' and press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight '''Operation completed successfully'''&lt;br /&gt;
||The''' User Account Control''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message, '''Do you want to allow this app to make changes to your device?''' appears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Yes''' button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Administrator Command Prompt''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This command will:&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable '''WSL''' and,&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the default '''Linux''' distribution, '''Ubuntu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please wait for the installation to complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The message '''Operation completed successfully''' appears.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: '''wsl --install ubuntu-22.04''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight '''Ubuntu 22.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us install '''Ubuntu 22 point 04'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ubuntu 22 point 04 LTS''' will start launching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The installation may take few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the '''new UNIX username'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Once the installation is complete, '''Ubuntu''' will launch automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to create a '''new UNIX username'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Username''': '''ubuntu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Password''': '''ubuntu123'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retype the password '''ubuntu123''' and press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the username as '''ubuntu''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s set '''password''' as '''ubuntu123''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will retype the same password and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''Installation successful'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight root path: '''ubuntu@DESKTOP-G4R5B47:~$'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight Changed root path: '''C:\Windows\System32&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| After this, you will see the message '''Installation successful'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the root path has changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This confirms that the '''Ubuntu''' instance has been created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, type '''exit''' on the command prompt to log out from the running '''Ubuntu 22 point 04'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that the command prompt path has changed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: '''wsl -l -v''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the output &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us verify the installed version of '''WSL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows that the status is '''Stopped''' and the version is '''2'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''wsl -d ubuntu-22.04'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the changed root path: '''ubuntu@DESKTOP-G4R5B47:/mnt/c/Windows/System32$'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration only&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, type the following command to start '''Ubuntu 22 point 04'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once it starts, notice that the root path has changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next tutorial we will learn to install '''Koha'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt about '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
We also learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Install '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Ubuntu on '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Create and run a  virtual Linux environment on '''WSL'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s quickly recap. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>VaibhaviS</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-04T03:45:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, enroll students, assign roles, send messages, add notes, notifications, Moodle communication, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:400px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:500px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how the '''teacher''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Enrolls '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigns '''Student role''' to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Sends a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Adds notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to enroll '''students''' into their '''course''' and communicate with them in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses, Calculus, Participants.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see one '''student Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This student was enrolled earlier by the '''Site Administrator''' into the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya and Teacher role. Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina and Student role. &lt;br /&gt;
| Generally, in '''academic institutions''', the '''teachers''' inform the '''Site Administrator''' to add a list of '''students''' into their '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: '''Moodle Site Administrator''' is enrolled in every '''course''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Enroll users → Pop-up opens&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now enroll the other '''student''' '''Mahima''' into this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Enroll users''' at the bottom-right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select a user → Assign role as Student → Click Enroll users &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up box, select the user '''Mahima''' from the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the '''role''' is set to '''Student''' and click '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Confirm enrolled user appears in the list &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Mahima''' is now enrolled in the '''Calculus course''' and listed under '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Likewise, the '''teacher''' can enroll all '''students''' into her '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now learn to send a message to all '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Select users Amina and Mahima Uncheck Mahima&lt;br /&gt;
|Select the students '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' by clicking the checkbox next to their names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to message just one '''student''', then select that '''student''' only. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Select All checkbox → uncheck Teacher Nitya and Site Administrator checkboxes &lt;br /&gt;
| If the list of '''students''' is very long, you can check the '''Select All''' checkbox at the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then uncheck the '''Teacher''' and the Site '''Administrator'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Send a message&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' Select the option '''Send a message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Message window opens &lt;br /&gt;
| A message window opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a message → Dear Students, We will have Prof.Kannan Moudgalya from IIT Bombay address the class on 22nd July 2025 at 11am in the Eklavya conference hall. Please make sure you are there to attend his talk. Thanks, Prof.Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Type your message in the message box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Send message &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Send message''' to notify the selected '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Amina and Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s add '''notes''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' are selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Add a note &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the option '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Context dropdown → course &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Context''' dropdown shows '''course''', by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the following content: &lt;br /&gt;
Look at the crossword puzzle available on https://www.armoredpenguin.com/crossword/Data/best/math/calculus.01.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think you will find this interesting. &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the note and click '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the '''settings configured''' by the '''Site Administrator''', the note could be visible to other '''managers''' and '''teachers''' in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| And that’s how the '''teacher''' enrolls '''students''' manually in her '''course''' and communicates with them in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as mahima.singh &lt;br /&gt;
Password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s '''logout''' and '''login''' as '''student Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → bell icon → point to 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''bell icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show a number next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the '''notifications''' that '''Moodle''' has sent to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the bell icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''bell''' icon to view the '''subject line''' of the '''notifications'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click View full notification &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''View full notification''' to read each full message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click each notification one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| While you are on this page, you can navigate through all the '''notifications''' one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → callout icon → point to 4 → point to Private &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''callout icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It says 1 next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s because the '''teacher''' has sent a total of 1 message to '''Mahima'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon → sidebar expands &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout''' icon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately the '''sidebar''' expands and we can view a few words of the message the '''teacher''' sent.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also the message is listed below '''Private'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click right arrow → click left arrow &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the right arrow to expand and read the whole message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click the left arrow to collapse the message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Important Information''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Unlike '''announcements''' or '''forum posts''',  notes are not visible publicly on the '''course page''' for '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It depends on the '''student’s access rights''' and the '''context''' at which the notes have been '''set'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''students''' get '''email notifications''' for each note sent by the '''teacher'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how '''students''' view '''notifications''' and '''messages''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt how a '''teacher''' can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Enroll '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign '''Student''' role to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Send a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the '''“Advanced Algebra”''' course, add a personal note to '''student Amina''' - Please help the new student '''Mahima''' with your class notes to get her familiar with what has already been covered in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep the '''Context''' as '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-28T04:11:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Quiz in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz activity, quiz configuration, question bank, random questions, quiz preview, Moodle quiz, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating a Quiz in Moodle.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the '''question bank''' and create a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a '''quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Click on ‘Turn editing on’''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s understand what a '''quiz''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' allows the teacher to assess students through various types of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' provides automated grading and various feedback options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Basic Calculus → Click “Add an activity or resource” → Quiz → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| To create a '''quiz''', scroll to '''Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add an activity or resource''' and select '''Quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Quiz for Basic Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure Timing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open time: 1 July 10am&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close time: 1 July 5pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time limit: 10 mins&lt;br /&gt;
| Type the '''quiz name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Description''' is optional, and configure '''Timing settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure Grade to 8, Layout to Every 5 questions and Question behavior as shown in the screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Grade''', '''Layout''' and '''Question behavior'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Next we’ll configure the '''Review options settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show “Review options” section&lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Review options''', choose what the student can see after the attempt—such as feedback, correct answers, and scores. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” → Point to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The '''quiz''' is now created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Quiz for Basic Calculus”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add question&lt;br /&gt;
| To add a question from the '''Question Bank''', click '''Add question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page, click '''Add''', and select '''from question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select Calc-Matching-004 and Calc-TF-002&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Default for Math-101''' is the default '''question category''' displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select both questions, and click '''Add selected questions to the quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 2 questions'&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add → a random question&lt;br /&gt;
| The 2 questions are visible in the '''quiz''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add random questions, click '''Add''' and select '''a random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Apply filters&lt;br /&gt;
| On the next page, click '''Type or select''' dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''MCQs with single answers''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| MCQs with single answers → Number of questions - 2  &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number of random questions''' choose '''2'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Short answer questions - add 1 random question to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps for '''Short answer questions''' '''question category''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And add 1 random question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 5 questions in the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| The quiz now contains a mix of random and specific questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each question carries 1 mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight this portion &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at the settings for '''Maximum grade''', '''Total of marks''' and '''Shuffle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Maximum grade → Change to 100 and press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Maximum grade''' is the highest possible score assigned to the '''quiz''' by the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change this number to '''100''' if you wish to have the score in '''percentage'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Total of marks → Change the marks for any 1 question to 2 and revert the change &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Total of marks''' is the sum of the marks of individual questions within that '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you change the marks of the individual questions, by editing like this, the total will also change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Shuffle and check the box  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s enable the '''Shuffle''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will shuffle the order of the questions for each student in their individual '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the passing grade''' was set as 8 earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will go back and change it after this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click the Save button&lt;br /&gt;
| After '''configuring''' the '''quiz''', click the '''Save''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Quiz in the menu&lt;br /&gt;
|Click the '''Quiz menu'''.  You can see all the '''quiz settings''' that you '''configured'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the '''passing grade''' was set as 8 earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings in the menu → Expand all → Grade to pass: 80 → Scroll down and click Save and return to course&lt;br /&gt;
| We will go back to the '''Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And change '''Grade to pass''' to 80 or any grade of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Quiz menu → Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00 &lt;br /&gt;
| It now says '''Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00''', which is what I '''set'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Preview quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| You can preview the '''quiz''' using '''Preview quiz''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Start Attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Read the standard instructions in the pop-up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is exactly how the student will view the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the countdown timer clock&lt;br /&gt;
| The countdown timer clock begins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Answer the questions → click Finish Attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Start answering the questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Finish Attempt''' at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Next page → click Submit all and finish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|In the next page, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop-up  → click Submit all and finish&lt;br /&gt;
|In the pop-up also, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll the attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and review your '''quiz attempt''' and grades. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s how you create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle''' with the '''question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And preview an attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What a quiz in Moodle is&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the question bank and create a quiz with specific and random questions&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, open the quiz settings and set the '''Overall feedback''' as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 100%: Excellent performance&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 50%: You need to work harder&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 30%: Please meet the teacher separately to discuss how to improve your performance &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-28T03:23:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating question categories in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, question categories, question management, question filtering, category deletion, question organization, Moodle questions, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating question categories in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''question categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use '''question categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''question categories''' within a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus → More → Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''More''' and '''Question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’  &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page (logged in as teacher)  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with understanding the '''Question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use '''question categories''' to better organize questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown to reveal the options. &lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Category page → Default for Math-101 → 7  &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Edit Category''' page shows one category - '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In brackets it shows '''7''' which indicates the total number of questions in this '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add category → Name: MCQs with single answers  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add category''', provide a name, and save. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the new question category  &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''question category''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Create Short answer questions, TF questions Point in the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, create 2 other '''question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Categories dropdown → select Questions  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Categories''' dropdown and select '''Questions.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-MCQ-001, Calc-MCQ-003, Calc-MCQ-006 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the list of questions, select the 3 MCQs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on With selected and Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| At the bottom of the list, click on '''With selected''' and '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown → select MCQs with a single answer → Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown, select '''MCQs with a single answer''' and click '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point there (MCQs with a single answer) when recording  &lt;br /&gt;
| We see the 3 MCQs in the filtered list of '''MCQs with a single answer question category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Default for Math-101 → click Apply filters  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Default for Math-101''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Notice there are 4 questions now, instead of 7. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-ShortAnswer-005 and Calc-ShortAnswer-007 and move to Short answer questions No recording for this  &lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps to move corresponding questions to '''Short answer question category.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Top for Calculus → check Also show questions from subcategories → click Apply filters Point to the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Top for Calculus'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check '''Also show questions from subcategories''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now all questions from all the '''subcategories''' are visible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Question categories''' will help in choosing random questions when creating a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create a new question → MCQ is default selection → click on Add → click Category dropdown → scroll down → click Cancel&lt;br /&gt;
| After adding '''question categories''', when we click on '''Create a new question''', we get the option to select the '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But for now, scroll down and click '''Cancel.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories → TF questions → Delete&lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown and select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a '''question category''', click the '''Actions menu''' and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the warning message and click '''Delete.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick explanation of '''question categories''' in the '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What question categories are&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use question categories to better organise the Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add a new question category named '''“Numerical Questions”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-28T03:00:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Question Bank in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Question Bank, question types, question editing, question preview, question management, Moodle questions, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' - '''Creating a Question Bank in Moodle.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''Question Bank'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in '''Moodle''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a '''Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''Question Bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide - What is a Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''Question Bank''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a collection of questions stored in '''Moodle''', which can be used and reused in '''quizzes''' across different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page → click More and then click “Question bank” menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Using a '''Question Bank''' saves time and helps maintain consistency in assessments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight the “Question bank” section under Course settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s explore the '''types of questions''' that can be added to a '''Moodle''' '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Create a new question” button &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Create a new question.''' '''Moodle''' supports several question types. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s look at them briefly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show list of question types &lt;br /&gt;
| The main types are: '''Multiple choice''', '''True/False''', '''Matching''', '''Short answer''', '''Numerical''' and '''Essay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on each type briefly &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Multiple choice''' allows one or more correct answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''True/False''' is for simple factual questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Matching''' lets learners pair items from two lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show form for each question type &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Short answer''' is for precise responses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Numerical''' is used for questions requiring numeric values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Essay''' allows long, descriptive answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select “Multiple choice” → click Add → click Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s add a '''Multiple choice''' question to the '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Category dropdown → Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Category''' we can see only one option: '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will learn to create '''question categories''' later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Question name: Calc-MCQ-001''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question text:''' Steps are given to determine the centre of curvature at a given point on a conic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arrange the steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;i&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Let P be the given point on the conic and F is the focus.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Join P with F.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Draw a line NR perpendicular to PN and cutting PF or PF-extended at R. &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Draw a line RO perpendicular to PR and cutting PN-extended at O which is centre of curvature.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''question name''' and '''question text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point per narration &lt;br /&gt;
| Question status is '''Ready''' and the '''Default mark''' is 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to General feedback''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next option is '''General feedback'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text here is shown to the '''student''' after he/she has submitted the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “The centre O of the circle of curvature lies on the normal to the curve at P. This centre is called center of curvature at P. So for that we first found normal and accordingly the curve we found center of curvature.” &lt;br /&gt;
| We can use this text area to show the detailed solution of the question, also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;One or multiple answers?&amp;quot; → One answer only → Multiple answers allowed → Select Only one answer''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next comes '''One or multiple answers'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''One answer only''' is selected, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your question has more than one answer, select '''Multiple answers allowed'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will have to be configured accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Shuffle the choices checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Shuffle the choices''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Number the choices?&amp;quot; → i, ii, iii &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number the choices''', choose any one number type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Answers → Choice 1: i, iv, ii, iii Grade: 100% Feedback: Correct!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we come to the '''Answers''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we have to give 4 choices for the '''MCQ''', of which one will be the right answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice with the right answer will have '''Grade''' as 100% for '''single answer MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vary this % for '''multiple correct answers MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just ensure that the total % for that question adds up to 100%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Choice 2: iv, i, iii, ii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 3: iv, i, ii, iii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 4: i, iii, ii, iv Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the other choices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Blanks for 3 more choices &lt;br /&gt;
| If any question has more choices, you can add those by clicking '''Blanks for 3 more choices'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Scroll to Multiple Tries''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Multiple Tries''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Point to Penalty for each incorrect try → 33.33% Change to 0%''' &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Penalty for each incorrect try''' shows '''33.33%''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This option controls the penalty for each incorrect try. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But you can set it to zero so that there is no deduction of marks for incorrect tries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the question we created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → select Preview &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown and select '''Preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the question will appear in the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click i, iii, ii, iv → Submit and Finish Point to the word Incorrect next to the choice. Then point to the pink box where the detailed feedback is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
| Select this choice and click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detailed feedback is displayed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Start again → Select i, iv, ii, iii Point to the feedback &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Start again'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Read the '''feedback''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Close preview &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Close preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → point to Edit, Delete, Duplicate''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are options to '''Edit''' the question, or '''Delete''' it, or make a '''Duplicate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use these when required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| That’s how you add questions to a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a Question Bank is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings to add a question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, follow the instructions provided in '''Assignment.txt''' to create a variety of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in '''Code files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux_New</id>
		<title>Linux New</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux_New"/>
				<updated>2026-02-26T12:42:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Created page with &amp;quot; For the free version of the old Linux series please click the link below.  https://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-search/?search_foss=Linux&amp;amp;search_language=English   Linux is o...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the free version of the old Linux series please click the link below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-search/?search_foss=Linux&amp;amp;search_language=English&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linux is one of the most popular Operating Systems used in today's world. Linux refers to the family of Unix-like computer operating systems using the Linux kernel. Linux can be installed on a wide variety of computer hardware, ranging from mobile phones, tablet computers and video game consoles to mainframes and supercomputers.&lt;br /&gt;
It is an open source software and the Linux kernel is released under the GNU General Public License and hence can be freely created, modified and distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
Linux is actually a kernel. Many people have put together distributions (often called flavors) that contain not just the kernel but also many other programming tools and utilities. Some well-known distributions include Ubuntu, Fedora, Red Hat Linux, SuSE Linux, and Debian GNU/Linux. For this tutorial series we have used Ubuntu 24.04 LTS.&lt;br /&gt;
The real power of Linux can be tapped by using its wide and powerful storehouse of commands which need to be typed in on the terminal. Thus, Linux provides a wide array of flexible text-mode commands to perform various tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial we mainly concentrate on how to use the wide variety of commands of Linux to handle files, directories, processes etc. These tutorials are created using Ubuntu version 24.04.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Domain reviewer for the Linux Ubuntu is Ambika Vanchinathan. &lt;br /&gt;
The Spoken Tutorial Effort for Ubuntu Linux series has been contributed by Anjali Satdive, Ketki Bhamble, Madhuri Ganapathi, Madhulika Goyal, Vaibhavi Satardekar and Maya Hans.&lt;br /&gt;
The Novice review is done by Ayush Valiparambil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learners''': Anyone who wishes to learn the basics of Linux system administration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Level==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Installation of VirtualBox on Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that BIOS virtualization is enabled on the system using the Task Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Oracle VirtualBox 7.2.4 on Windows 11 Pro system&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Ubuntu ISO image for installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a Virtual Machine and set base memory and CPU.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure virtual hard disk and other virtual hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use unattended installation to install Ubuntu Desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Installing Ubuntu OS in Oracle VirtualBox'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creating a new virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
* Selecting Ubuntu ISO file&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring unattended installation&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting username and password&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocating memory and CPU&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring virtual hard disk&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting Ubuntu installation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ubuntu Desktop'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Desktop Workspace.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panels and menus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search and open apps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Network, sound and power. &lt;br /&gt;
* Trash Bin.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Synaptic Package Manager'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Synaptic Package Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* Synaptic Package Manager Installation using Terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Checking Settings and Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation of VLC Media Player Using Synaptic Package Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* Verifying  the Installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Basic Commands in Linux'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Linux commands.&lt;br /&gt;
* Using the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Command interpreter (shell).&lt;br /&gt;
* Default shell in Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* Internal and external commands.&lt;br /&gt;
* PATH variable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Date and Time Commands'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to date command.&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying date and time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Using date options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Combining date options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Using man command for help.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use cal command to display calendar of a month.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installing '''ncal''' package.&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewing calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Structure of Linux Commands'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Structure of Linux commands.&lt;br /&gt;
* Command name and arguments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Using ls with options (-a, --all, -d).&lt;br /&gt;
* Linux help commands:&lt;br /&gt;
** man&lt;br /&gt;
** apropos&lt;br /&gt;
** whatis&lt;br /&gt;
** --help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. General Purpose Utilities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Echo command and escape sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
* Checking kernel version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identifying users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Root user privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. File System in Linux'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* About files and directories.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a file and write text in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create directories and sub-directories.&lt;br /&gt;
* Move to different directories.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove directories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10. Working with Regular Files in Linux'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copying files using the cp command and its important options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Moving and renaming files using the mv command.&lt;br /&gt;
* Deleting files and directories safely using the rm command.&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparing files using cmp and counting content using wc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''11. Redirecting Streams and Pipes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard input, output, and error streams.&lt;br /&gt;
* Redirecting output and error to files.&lt;br /&gt;
* Input redirection from a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Output redirection to a file (&amp;gt;, &amp;gt;&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Error redirection (2&amp;gt;, 2&amp;gt;&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Using wc and cat commands with redirection.&lt;br /&gt;
* Combining commands with pipes (|).&lt;br /&gt;
* Counting files and directories using pipelines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewing long outputs with more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''12. Working with Linux Processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Processes in Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the Shell Process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parent and Child Processes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Spawning Subshells.&lt;br /&gt;
* Using the ps Command.&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding CMD, PID, PPID, UID, C, and STIME columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parent-Child Process Relationships.&lt;br /&gt;
* User Processes vs System Processes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The init Process (PID 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''13. The Linux Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Linux Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment variable vs Local variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* set command.&lt;br /&gt;
* env command.&lt;br /&gt;
* SHELL, HOME, PATH, LOGNAME, PS1, PS2.&lt;br /&gt;
* History.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exclamation mark(!), Tilde(~) and alias.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''14. Basics of System Administration in Linux'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Linux system management.&lt;br /&gt;
* User account management (adduser, su, usermod, userdel).&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewing user and group information (id).&lt;br /&gt;
* Disk management (df, du).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''15. Linux File Ownership and Permissions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linux file ownership and access permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing file ownership using chown.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying file permissions using chmod.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing group ownership using chgrp.&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding inodes and viewing inode numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Creating and verifying hard links and soft (symbolic) links.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''16. Simple Filters in Linux'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Simple filters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Command line text manipulation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Commands such as head, tail, sort, cut, paste.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intermediate Level==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction to grep command'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Grep Basics.&lt;br /&gt;
* Case Insensitive Search.&lt;br /&gt;
* Inverse Matching.&lt;br /&gt;
* Store Output in Another File.&lt;br /&gt;
* Line Numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiword Patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Count Matches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Mastering grep'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Match multiple patterns&lt;br /&gt;
* Case-insensitive search&lt;br /&gt;
* Character classes&lt;br /&gt;
* Use of asterisk(*) operator&lt;br /&gt;
* Do (.) operator&lt;br /&gt;
* Anchors: beginning (^) and end ($) of line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Introduction to the Stream Editor sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to sed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Printing lines using sed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Line addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Context addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Writing output to files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Text Editing using sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Substitution using sed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Global substitution with the g flag.&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiple substitutions using -e.&lt;br /&gt;
* Context-based substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Deleting lines using sed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Inserting lines using sed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving sed output to a file.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-25T02:32:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Forum for a Moodle Course &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, course management, teacher profile, content organization, forum creation, discussion forums, Moodle activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Forum for a Moodle Course'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''Forum''' is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''Forums''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create and configure a '''Forum''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''discussion forum''' for a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5''', and '''Firefox'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Moodle Course Page&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create a '''discussion forum''' for '''students''' of a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us first understand what a '''Forum''' is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A '''Forum''' in '''Moodle''' is an activity that allows the '''teachers''' and the '''students''' to have asynchronous '''discussions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It helps '''students''' and '''teachers''' to communicate, ask questions, and share ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Basic Calculus → Add an activity or resource → Forum → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''Basic Calculus,''' click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''Forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| To add a '''forum''', we only need to add a name and the discussion topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And we are good to go! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are many settings available which we will explore now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Forum Name: Introduce ourselves!&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Let’s say hello to everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Forum Name''' type '''“Introduce ourselves!”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Description,''' type '''“Let’s say hello to everyone.”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Check Display description on course page&lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Display description on course page''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Forum Types&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Forum Types''' to view all the options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default is the '''Standard forum for general use'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A single simple discussion''' is where the '''teacher''' starts a topic and the '''students''' can respond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the question mark icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''question mark''' icon to know more about the different '''types''' of '''forums'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Show settings – Availability and Attachments and word count&lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Availability''' and '''Attachments and word count''' settings as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription settings → select Forced subscription &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Subscription''' settings, it is advisable to select '''Forced subscription'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show Ratings section → select Count of ratings &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Ratings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable ratings to assess student participation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable &amp;quot;Send content change notification&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable '''Send content change notification'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This notifies all the participants that the '''forum''' activity has been updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Save and display the forum&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new '''forum post''' is now added to the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Reply → &amp;quot;I am your teacher for the Calculus course. To know more about me, read my profile info&amp;quot; → click Post to forum &lt;br /&gt;
| To continue the discussion, click '''Reply'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type your response and click '''Post to forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Forum discussion posted''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Your post appears under the '''forum''' with the date-time stamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other participants can now '''reply''' and '''rate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* Explored different types of forums&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw how to create and use forums in a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, create a new forum in the '''Calculus''' course and post the following message: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Refer to this link, where they have also listed the evolutes of some common curves: http://mathworld.wolfram.com/Evolute.html” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-a-Moodle-Course/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-a-Moodle-Course/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-a-Moodle-Course/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-25T01:43:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Nancyvarkey moved page Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-a-Moodle-Course/English to Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English without leaving a redirect: Title change&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment setup, course organization, activity configuration, access restrictions, grading options, Moodle assignments, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Create Assignments for Students''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, due dates and restrictions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''assignments''' for students in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create an '''assignment''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Advanced Algebra'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’ &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Add an activity or resource” under &amp;quot;Polynomial and Rational Functions&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Polynomial and Rational Functions''' section, click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity chooser appears → Select Assignment → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Activity''' chooser, click on '''Assignment''', and then click the '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Assignment page &lt;br /&gt;
| We are in the '''New Assignment''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: &amp;quot;Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a name for the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the circle: x 2 \+y 2 \=R2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the cycloid: x=t−sint, y=1−cost. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prove that the curve given by the equations: x \= R(cost+tsint), y \= R(sint−tcost) is the involute of the circle of radius R centered at the origin. &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type the assignment text for the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity instructions: &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt any 2. Each assignment is for 10 marks. &lt;br /&gt;
Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester. &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Activity instructions''', type instructions and helpful guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Availability Allow submissions from: 15 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Due date: 30 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Cut-off date: leave blank &lt;br /&gt;
Remind me to grade by: 15 Aug 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Availability''', set the '''Allow submissions from''' and '''Due date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set dates for '''Cut-off date''' and '''Remind me to grade by'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Check &amp;quot;Always show description&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check the checkbox for '''Always show description.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Submission types → check both boxes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Submission types'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose between '''Online text''', '''File submissions''', or both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let everything else remain as is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Feedback types &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Feedback types''', enable options for '''Feedback comments''' and '''Annotate PDF'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Require students to click the submit → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose '''Yes''' for '''Require students to click the submit button.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Notify graders about submissions → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Notifications''' and choose '''Yes''' for '''Notify graders about submissions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Grade Type to show the options.  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grade Type''' can be in '''Points''' or '''Scale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Retain Points Grade to pass → 40 &lt;br /&gt;
|Type the passing criteria in '''Grade to pass.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Anonymous submissions → select Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|In '''Anonymous submissions''', select '''Yes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This helps teachers to be unbiased and grade the students anonymously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common Module Settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Common Module Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Availability → Show on course page &lt;br /&gt;
|Ensure that '''Availability''' is '''Show on course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Restrict access&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Add restriction → Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Choose dropdown → select Previous activity with completion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Choose''' dropdown. It displays many options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll select '''Previous activity with completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completion conditions → select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Completion conditions''', select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” &lt;br /&gt;
| After entering all settings, scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page showing the assignment link &lt;br /&gt;
| The assignment is now created and visible on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below “Yet Another Calculus Text”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how you create an '''assignment''' for students in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an assignment in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, and deadlines&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an assignment with &amp;quot;Name: Assignment 2 - Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot;, copy-paste the text given in Assignment.txt file in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the other steps given therein also.&lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T03:21:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Uploading and Editing Resources &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, add Moodle resources, resource management, configure resource settings, access restrictions, resource organization, course layout customization, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit and organize resources in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to upload and edit their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by adding a '''Book''' resource to this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn '''editing on''' at the top-right corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → select Book &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add an activity or resource''', select '''Book''', and click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Book settings page Name: Yet Another Calculus Text &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: A short introduction to evolutes and involutes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Display description on course page checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Description''' of the book.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, display the description on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and return to course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Yet Another Calculus Text''' which appears as a '''hyperlink'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import Chapter&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import Chapter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import from Microsoft Word&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import from Microsoft Word.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Choose a file → click Browse. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Choose a file''', then click '''Browse'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select the book you saved on your machine earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Book-IteratingEvolutesAndInvolutes.docx&amp;quot; ''(upload from the Code files link)''&lt;br /&gt;
| Navigate to the folder where the doc file you want to upload is and select it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Author field &lt;br /&gt;
| The uploader’s name will appear in '''Author'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose CCBYSA 4.0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| This doc is available under the '''CC BY SA license'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So choose that in '''Choose License''' field. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Import → click Continue. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Import'''.  Then click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the text Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm  →  change the name to '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm → change the entire text to sentence-case  →  change the alignment to the left for the entire text  →  click on Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| The chapter is uploaded but requires some renaming and formatting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right, click on the pencil icon next to '''index.htm.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the needful alignment and formatting and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| It looks better now! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''course short name''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add a '''URL''' resource.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select URL Name: Single Variable Calculus External link: https://youtu.be/ryLdyDrBfvI?feature=shared&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''URL'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the '''Name''' and copy-paste the '''external link'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Description: Single Variable Calculus is a short video that introduces the basics of Limits, continuity, Trigonometric limits —how it works and its importance. &lt;br /&gt;
|Then add the appropriate description.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Restriction access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Add restriction and Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|In the Activity Completion dropdown, choose Previous activity with completion. &lt;br /&gt;
|In the '''Activity Completion''' dropdown, choose '''Previous activity with completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Completion Conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Completion Conditions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Enable checkbox → 5 July&lt;br /&gt;
|Select the '''Enable checkbox''' and choose '''5 July''' as the date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the URL on the course page&lt;br /&gt;
| View how the '''URL''' appears on the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Hover over the URL resource till a handle appears → move it &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now move this '''URL resource''' below the 3 pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select Actions menu → click Move right &lt;br /&gt;
| Select the '''Actions menu''' and click the '''Move right''' option to indent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Hide” or “Show” &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also '''Hide''' a resource from students or '''Show''' it again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Delete all the New sections below &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s delete all the '''New sections''' below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload and edit '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Modify, rearrange and manage various resources in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Move &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; and place it below &amp;quot;Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Then indent it  &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T02:09:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Format Course Material in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, manage Moodle course sections, content formatting, multimedia integration, activity completion settings, organize course materials, Moodle HTML editor, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Format Course Material in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''course editing controls''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''default HTML editor''' of '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for '''students'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to format their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorial, please visit https://EduPyramids.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll and click on Calculus → point to Elementary Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now begin editing the '''course Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on pencil icon next to &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot; to edit section name &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''pencil icon''' next to the topic name '''Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the new name '''Basic Calculus''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use move icon to drag topic &amp;quot;Matrices above Sequences and Series&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''handle icon''' to rearrange the sequential order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Duplicate → point to Matrices (copy)  &lt;br /&gt;
| To duplicate a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Duplicate'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices (copy) → Click Action menu →  Delete &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm when prompted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Hide For Matrices → Click Action menu → Show &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a topic from students, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Hide'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see a new '''status &amp;quot;Hidden from students&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revert this to '''Show.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now explore the '''default HTML editor''' used in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Edit Settings → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Matrices,''' click '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit Settings.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Come to Description box &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use bold, italics, underline on the first line: ''''Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:'''' &lt;br /&gt;
| On the text, you can apply formatting like '''Bold''', ''Italics'', and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underline&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Demonstrate bullets and numbering as shown below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:&lt;br /&gt;
# Evolutes and involutes;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evaluation of definite and improper integrals;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Beta and Gamma functions and their properties;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem;  System of linear equations;  Symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices;  Determinants; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors;  Diagonalization of matrices;  Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal transformation. &lt;br /&gt;
| Use '''Bullet''' or '''Numbered lists''' to organize the points for better readability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Link icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Link icon''', to add '''hyperlinks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Image and Multimedia &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Image''' or '''Multimedia icons''' to upload visuals or videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Equation Editor &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Equation Editor icon''' to insert mathematical equations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Table &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Table menu''' to add and configure structured content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| After making all the changes, click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the changes in the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Polynomial and Rational Functions → 3 pages &lt;br /&gt;
| In an earlier assignment, '''3 pages''' were added below '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Exponential and Logarithmic Functions→ click on Actions menu →Edit settings. &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', click on '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Expand all. Scroll down to Completion conditions→ point to None →Select Students must manually mark the activity as done &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to '''Completion conditions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows '''None''' by default.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Set reminder in Timeline → check Enable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date as 15 July and time as 10am → click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Set reminder in Timeline''', check '''Enable'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date and time, and click on '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the status  &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', we can see a '''status''' button now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch role to → Student &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s view the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Switch role to…''' and '''Student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Student view  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how the '''course''' appears to a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Revert back &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back to the '''teacher''' role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we have learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to format course topics and content &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the default HTML editor in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for students   &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add completion conditions to the 2 other resource pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(These 2 pages should already have been added by teacher Nitya in a previous assignment.) &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-22T16:28:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Settings in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, configure Moodle course, course settings, organize course structure, manage course visibility, Moodle course appearance, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Settings in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the '''teacher''' can '''configure Course Settings''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content for '''students'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the '''course''' as a '''student''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to '''configure''' their assigned '''courses''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as teacher&lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Dashboard (Teacher view) &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by '''configuring''' the '''course settings''' for the '''course Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home → Calculus → point to '''Edit Mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Click on '''Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings → Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''course menu''', click on '''Settings''' and then on '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Full name and Short name &lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''General''', you can edit the '''Full name''' and '''Short name''' of the '''course''' if you want to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course visibility → Select Show &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Course visibility''' dropdown to '''Show''' or '''Hide''' the course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course start date '''15 June''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Start date''' as '''15 June''' using the '''calendar''' picker. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Description → Course Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type below the existing text: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in calculus, multivariate analysis and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling more advanced level of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in their disciplines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students will learn:      &lt;br /&gt;
1. To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.      &lt;br /&gt;
2. The fallouts of Rolle's Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering problems.      &lt;br /&gt;
3. The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.      &lt;br /&gt;
4. To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.     &lt;br /&gt;
5. The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Summary''' box, let’s add some more introduction text about this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pause the video and type the following text or any text of your own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and point to Course Format settings section &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s look at '''Course format settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Format dropdown → Weekly &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose between '''Weekly''', '''Single Activity''' or '''Social''' format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Course layout → All sections on one page &lt;br /&gt;
| Decide if you want all topics on one page or one per page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Appearance &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Appearance''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields: Show gradebook, Show activity reports &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose to '''Hide''' or '''Show the Gradebook''' and '''Activity reports''' to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Files and uploads → Maximum upload size &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Maximum upload size''' for student submissions to a reasonable size.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20Mb''' is good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and Return &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll to Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''' and scroll to '''Calculus course''' to view what we have added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to Course Page of Calculus course → Click “Add an activity or resource” &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some '''course materials''' to the '''Calculus course'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below '''Elementary Calculus''', click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose “Page” → click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Page''' from the list and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Name''' field, type a suitable page title as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: Limits, Derivatives, and Integrals &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type a brief description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Page Content: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The basic calculus course covers fundamental topics such as limits and continuity, the definition and applications of derivatives, and the fundamentals of integration, including the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. It emphasizes techniques for analyzing the behavior of functions, optimization problems, and the calculation of areas under curves, providing essential mathematical tools for advanced analysis.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Provide some more details about the '''course''' in the '''Page Content''' box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and display &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new page here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add an activity or resource → File. &lt;br /&gt;
| To upload a file, click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''File'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Mandatory Reading Adding Materials → Upload a Word file → choose this file after downloading it on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course settings - File upload.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Type a suitable name and brief description as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the file from your machine that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Save and display'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new file here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs → scroll → check Elementary Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and check '''Elementary Calculus course''' to view all the additions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Announcements → Add Discussion Topic → &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subject: All Students Message: “Please check the announcements regularly” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
→ Click Post to Forum&lt;br /&gt;
| To post an announcement, click '''Announcements.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add Discussion Topic.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Subject''' line and '''Message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Post to Forum.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Top-right menu → Switch role to....&lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s preview the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose student &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''user icon''', click '''Switch role to...''' and select '''student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Announcement appears in student view → click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now view how '''students''' view the '''announcements.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And here is the '''course''' content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back  &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back by clicking on '''Return to my normal role.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how we do the '''basic configurations''' of a '''course''' as a '''teacher'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the teacher can configure settings of a course &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content &lt;br /&gt;
* How to post an announcement &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the course as a student &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,  &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the course named Advanced Algebra using all the settings we explored (This course should already be assigned to teacher Nitya by the Site Administrator) &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teacher%E2%80%99s-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Teacher’s-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teacher%E2%80%99s-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-19T14:13:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Teacher Dashboard navigation, manage courses, edit teacher profile, add course details, Moodle teacher interface, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Teacher's Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit '''profile''' and '''preferences''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for teachers  who have been assigned to a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Be logged in as a teacher assigned to a course. &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Refer to the diagram given in the link &lt;br /&gt;
'''[[File:Diagram of beginning of Teacher's dashboard.pdf]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this diagram on the screen. This is the starting point of this tutorial and the subsequent ones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to each as per narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Administrator''' should have already done the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created and uploaded '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''roles''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''courses''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Display this on-screen text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username: nitya.jeevan  Password: Sample@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click → Change password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this password on screen while typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type new password as &amp;quot;Learn@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Save Changes button&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Admin''' has enforced the option to change the '''password''' on the first '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why we have landed on the '''Change password''' page.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules and update the '''password''' securely.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save Changes''' when done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Navigation block &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right, open the drawer to see the '''Online Users''' and '''Calendar blocks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click My Courses → click on the course Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It lists the '''courses''' assigned to '''Nitya'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we see the '''courses Advanced Algebra''' and '''Calculus.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Please note: These 2 '''courses''' were assigned by the '''Site Administrator''' to '''Nitya'''`.` &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → Scroll down → Available courses → My courses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to view the '''Available courses.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here all the courses are displayed along with the '''teacher’s''' name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''My courses section,''' we can see the '''courses''' assigned exclusively to '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User profile icon → click → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s edit '''Nitya’s profile'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''user icon''' at the top-right and select '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Teacher Profile page &lt;br /&gt;
| This is '''Nitya’s Profile page'''. All the details are displayed here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile → in '''Description''' fill this info → add a profile pic Scroll down and click '''Update profile''' button &lt;br /&gt;
| To update personal information, click '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s update '''teacher Nitya’s''' details in the '''Description box''', and add a profile picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now click on '''Update profile''' to view her info. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User icon → Preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll explore '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' and '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Preferences''' page allows you to '''customize''' your '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight: Calendar preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calendar preferences''' to change  time format and your preferred start day of the week. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set 24-hour time format and choose '''Sunday''' as the start day.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Courses block → Click Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some details to the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses''' and '''Calculus course'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: we have not yet added any content for the students in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: General Course page → switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We are on the '''General course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add details to this '''course''', at the top-right, switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Section → click Actions menu → Edit Settings → Expand All. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then scroll to the first '''New Section'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Actions menu, Edit Settings''' and '''Expand All.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  Section name → type &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Section name''', type '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill Course summary box &lt;br /&gt;
| Add a brief '''course summary''' and click '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Teacher’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the Teacher’s Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit profile and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a course&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: &lt;br /&gt;
Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the name and summary for sections 2 to 4 in the Calculus course. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link.&lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-18T19:10:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle plugins overview, install plugins, configure plugin settings, moodle.org plugins, plugin management, Moodle plugin setup, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''plugin''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Steps to install '''plugins''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle administrators''' who want to enhance '''Moodle functionality'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: What is a plugin? &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''plugin''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''plugin''' is an '''add-on''' that provides additional features in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview Screen: Plugins overview page.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
| Go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows already installed '''plugins''' and their '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Scroll to File Submissions, Advanced Grading methods &lt;br /&gt;
| For example: '''Plugins''' like '''File Submissions''' and '''Advanced Grading methods''' can be '''configured'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Assignment Submission plugins.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s learn to '''configure''' the settings of '''Assignment Submission plugins.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on File submissions plugin &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Settings &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''File submissions Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change Maximum files per submission &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 5. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change '''Maximum files per submission''' to '''5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Default accepted file types &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Choose &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Document files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Image files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click Expand &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select &amp;quot;jpeg, jpg, png&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Default accepted file types,''' click on the '''Choose''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Document files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Image files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand''' and here select '''jpeg, jpg''' and '''png.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save Changes'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now see our selections in  '''Default accepted file types''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle.org plugins &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we will learn to install a new '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, go to (https://moodle.org/plugins/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Search “'''HP5'''” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Search box''' type '''HP5.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in '''Moodle version''' box, select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format) &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
| The search result shows '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format).'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|This '''plugin''' allows '''quiz questions''' to be '''imported''' from a '''Word file''' into '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''plugin''' also '''imports tables, images''', and '''equations''' from the '''Word file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Verify that you are human''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on '''3.9.7 version''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If prompted '''Verify that you are human''', then click on the latest '''version'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Note the name and location of the '''zip file''' that is downloaded on your machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the steps. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, come back to your '''Moodle interface'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Install plugins.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We come to the '''Plugin Installer''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the prompts for selection of this '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Install plugin from the ZIP file &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click on '''Install plugin from the ZIP file.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow all the prompts to complete the installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview &amp;gt;&amp;gt; search Microsoft&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, search for '''Microsoft'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see this '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to [https://moodle.org/plugins/](https://moodle.org/plugins/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search “Completion Progress” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search results click on '''Completion Progress''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Download''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Choose a file''' and select this zip file &amp;gt;&amp;gt; follow the steps to install. &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, install the '''Completion Progress plugin''' by following the on-screen instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''plugin''' for '''teachers''' to visually see the progress of the '''students''' in a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; On this page, search for '''Completion Progress''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Additional''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Plugins overview''', search for '''Completion Progress'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, this is how '''plugins''' are '''installed''' in '''Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What plugins are &lt;br /&gt;
* How to install plugins from &amp;quot;moodle.org&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment &lt;br /&gt;
* Install &amp;quot;Quiz Analytics&amp;quot; plugin in your Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services,private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-18T18:38:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Assigning User Roles in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, user management, user roles, course enrollment, site-level roles, user filtering, course management, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''assign''' different '''roles''' to '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign a '''teacher''' to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''enrol''' a '''student''' in a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' and their '''roles'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
*  Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
*  Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Browse list of users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Site administration''', '''Users''',  '''Browse list of users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Reset all. &lt;br /&gt;
| To remove any filters set earlier, click on '''Filters''' and '''Reset all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| We can see a list of all '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that '''Nitya, Joy''' and '''Mahima''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the previous assignment, you would have also added '''Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home and Participants  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enrolled Users list &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home''' and '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of all '''Enrolled Users''' on this '''Moodle website''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not yet '''enrolled''' in any '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Roles column, move cursor up and down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to pencil icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click that icon for Joy David &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''role''' column says “'''No roles'''” and there is a '''pencil icon''' next to it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click that '''icon''' for '''Joy David'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dropdown popup appears &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Save icon above. &lt;br /&gt;
| A dropdown pop-up appears with 4 '''roles'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Teacher'''.  Then click on the '''Save icon''' above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the same actions for Nitya, Mahima and Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise assign '''roles''' to '''Nitya''' as '''teacher''', and '''Mahima''' and '''Amina''' as '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''teacher''' and '''student roles''' are '''assigned''', we can '''enroll''' them into specific '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Calculus course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Participants &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enroll users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calculus course''' and then on '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Select Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Nitya.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Assign Role &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up, click on '''Select Users''' dropdown and select '''Nitya'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Assign Role,''' select '''Teacher''' and '''enroll'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow same steps for Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, add '''Amina''' as a '''Student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: A to Z filters for First name and Last name &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice the '''A to Z filters''' for '''First name''' and '''Last name'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are useful to narrow down the '''search''' when the '''user list''' is very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on N in First name and J in Last name &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''N''' in '''First name''' and '''J''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results now only display '''Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on All in First name and All in Last name  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''All''' in '''First name''' and '''All''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, this is how you assign '''roles''' to '''users''' on a '''Moodle website''' and add them to a specific '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign roles like Teacher or Student &lt;br /&gt;
* Manage user roles within a course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Change Joy David’s role from Teacher to Student. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the user list to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
* Change her role back to Teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out these assignments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Linear Algebra and Multivariable Calculus courses &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Joy David as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Nitya Jeevan as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Filtering-and-Sorting-Data/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Filtering-and-Sorting-Data/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Filtering-and-Sorting-Data/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-18T06:25:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the Script: Filtering and Sorting Data '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, WHERE, ORDER BY, data filtering, data sorting, ascending order, descending order, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration '''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' Filtering and Sorting Data '''in''' Postgresql'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to use,&lt;br /&gt;
* '''WHERE''' clause and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ORDER BY '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org]&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:transparent;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''p g Admin 4'''.''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''wo-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' WHERE''' clause is used to apply a condition to filter records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to extract only those records that satisfy a specified condition.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Where clause '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE condition;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The basic syntax of the '''WHERE '''clause is shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show the code file while recording.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us insert a few records of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please copy and paste this code from the code file in the query window.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon on the tool bar.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us click the''' Execute query icon '''on the''' toolbar''' to insert the rows.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname = 'Ram';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Point to the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now I will type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query '''SELECT '''keyword''' '''is used to retrieve data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE keyword''' filters the rows and shows all the details of the student named '''Ram'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S102';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Press the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type another query using a '''WHERE''' clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will execute the query to see the details of the student with I D S 1 0 2.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, let us learn about the '''ORDER BY''' clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''ORDER BY''' clause sorts the records in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of ORDER BY Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY column1, column2, ... ASC|DESC;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''ORDER BY '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''A S C''' sorts the data in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D E S C''' sorts the data in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY cgpa;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight ORDER BY'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute''' query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default '''ORDER BY''' clause sorts the records in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays records are sorted by '''C G P A''' in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us sort the records in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY cgpa DESC;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute''' query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''D E S C '''keyword''' '''sorts the records in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now let’s execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows that records are sorted by C G P A in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''In this tutorial, we learnt to use&lt;br /&gt;
* '''WHERE''' clause and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ORDER BY''' clause&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Filter student records where city is Bhopal''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Display all student records in ascending and descending orders sorted by city&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ANJALISATDIVE</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-16T18:23:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Adding Users in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create users, user management, bulk user upload, edit user profiles, password policies, user verification, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add and edit a user&lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload users in bulk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' in different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add a new user &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with adding a new '''user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Site administration, Users''', and '''Add a new user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Expand All''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type nitya.jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| First type your '''username'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Authentication Method &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  Manual accounts  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the dropdown to open it &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Authentication Method''' shows '''Manual accounts''' because we are adding this '''user''' manually. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the drop down to view the other options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Generate password and notify user &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''Generate password and notify user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, a '''system-generated password''' will be '''emailed''' to this '''user''' along with a notification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New password &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Sample@123 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Type in a new '''password''' for this new '''user'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye '''icon''' to read the typed '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Force password change''' box &lt;br /&gt;
| Selecting '''Force password change''' box is recommended.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It forces the '''user''' to change their '''password''' when he/she first '''logs in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add new user form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First name: Nitya,  Last name: Jeevan,  Email: nitya@example.com. &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''mandatory fields''' like '''First name, Last name''', and '''Email id'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle-specific settings &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and show other Moodle-specific fields: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Authentication method''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Suspended user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email display options'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please avoid entering unnecessary personal information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Create user&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|After filling in the required fields, click '''Create user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''user Nitya''' is seen in the '''user list'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Contains &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type Nitya in First name field &amp;gt;&amp;gt; close Filters&lt;br /&gt;
| To edit a '''user''', we will use the '''filters options''' to search for '''Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit user profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add city and country &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile.&lt;br /&gt;
| Next to her name, click the '''Actions menu''' and then on '''Edit.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add or update any detail and click on '''Update profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s learn to '''upload users''' in '''bulk'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Users.csv file with column-names &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username, Password, First name, Last name, Email,&amp;quot;          &amp;quot;role1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
joy.david, Joy@123,  Joy,        David,     joy@example.com, teacher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mahima.singh, Mahima@123, Mahima, Singh, mahima@example.com, student &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Create a '''CSV file''' with column-names '''&amp;quot;username, password, first name, last name, email,&amp;quot;''' and '''&amp;quot;role1&amp;quot;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Upload users page &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Users''' section, go to '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''CSV file''' and upload it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Moodle''' will show a preview list of new '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that ''' Joy David''' and '''Mahima Singh''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on &amp;quot;Upload users&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight on the screen&lt;br /&gt;
| It says here - '''Invalid password policy.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means, we have to give a better '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|username &amp;gt;&amp;gt; joy.david &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''username,''' click on '''joy.david'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Edit profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' and '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Users''' in the breadcrumbs.&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Users''' in the breadcrumbs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya, Joy, Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we can see all the '''users''' we added manually and via bulk upload. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s how we add '''users''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add and edit '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Bulk upload of '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user &amp;quot;Amina Hasan&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''user list''' to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-16T17:25:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create courses, course management, edit course settings, duplicate courses, course visibility, course list, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 - Courses in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to create a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to perform various actions on '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle Administrators''' who manage '''courses''' on '''Moodle''' installations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site Administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses and categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with creating a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most institutions organize '''courses''' by campus or department. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create new course Course name: type Calculus. &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right side, click on '''Create new course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Course name''' field, type '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Short name: Math-101 &lt;br /&gt;
| You can add the '''Course short name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the Course category to 1st year Maths. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change the '''Course category''' to '''1st year Maths.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Course Start date &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 15 June 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck &amp;quot;Course end date&amp;quot; box &lt;br /&gt;
| Then define the '''Course start date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck the box to disable '''Course end date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course summary &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  type: &amp;quot;Topics covered in this Calculus course are: Limits, Graph of a function, Factorial.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Course Summary''' box, type a description for the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save and return &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course list page &lt;br /&gt;
| The newly created '''Calculus course''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit options for Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| To '''edit''', click the '''pencil icon''' next to the '''course''' name '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can update '''course settings''' here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll to the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Highlight Course summary.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The '''course summary''' is also shown along with the '''course list''' on the '''Home page.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to My courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide a course &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a '''course''', click the eye '''icon''' '''Hide'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes the '''course''' invisible to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Unhide the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Show&lt;br /&gt;
| To '''unhide''', click the eye '''icon Show'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Copy course  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select settings &amp;gt;&amp;gt; add content &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy and return&lt;br /&gt;
| To make a copy of the '''course''', click '''Copy course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This opens a pop-up box to copy the '''course.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add content, select the settings, and click on '''Copy and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Duplicate course demo.&lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The copied '''course''' may take a few minutes to appear on the '''Moodle interface.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Reorder courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Move Duplicate course above Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''move icon''' to change the order of the '''courses''' within the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Duplicate course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Delete icon and click &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a '''course''', click the '''Delete''' icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⚠️ Deleting a '''course''' will remove all its materials, '''question banks, quizzes, users''', and '''submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick demo of adding and managing a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit, hide, unhide, duplicate, reorder, and delete a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Add summaries and organize courses properly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 1&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new course: &amp;quot;Linear Algebra&amp;quot; under the &amp;quot;1st year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add this Summary: &amp;quot;Linear equations, Matrices, and Vectors&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Hide this course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 2&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add two new courses under &amp;quot;2nd Year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory: &amp;quot;Multivariable Calculus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the start date of both to &amp;quot;15th June&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now it's your turn to do this assignment.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Categories-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Categories-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Categories-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-16T16:44:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Categorie in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, course categories, manage course categories, organize categories, edit category descriptions, delete restore categories, site administration, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide Title: Moodle 4.5 – Categories in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Categories in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''course category''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to create '''categories''' and '''subcategories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage them and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to change the parent '''category''' of a '''subcategory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Moodle site administrators''' who want to organise '''courses''' using '''categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
*  Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
*  Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us begin with '''course categories''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Course categories &lt;br /&gt;
||'''Course categories''' are used to group similar '''courses''' together. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They help in organizing content effectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
|| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Go to Site Administration, &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Manage courses and categories. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Site administration''', '''Courses''' and '''Manage courses and categories.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Default Categories &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Moodle''' has a default '''category''' called “'''Category 1'''”.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All uncategorized '''courses''' usually go here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Click Actions menu &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Edit &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Rename as &amp;quot;Miscellaneous&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
||Click the '''Actions menu''' and select '''Edit'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rename as '''Miscellaneous''' and '''Save changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||Let’s now learn to create a new '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Click on ‘Create new category’ &amp;gt;&amp;gt; parent category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Top in the drop-down &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type name as Mathematics  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Create Category&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Create new category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Parent category''' drop down, select '''Top'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Mathematics''' as the name and click '''Create Category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we’ll add two '''subcategories''' under '''Mathematics'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Create new category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Choose Mathematics as parent category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; name it &amp;quot;1st Year Maths&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Create Category. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat the same steps for &amp;quot;2nd Year Maths&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Create new category''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose '''Mathematics''' as the '''Parent category''', and name it as '''1st Year Maths'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat the same steps for '''2nd Year Maths'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Edit &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Mathematics category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; add description &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, click '''Edit''' next to '''Mathematics'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add this description: '''&amp;quot;All mathematics courses will be listed under this category.&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Just point, do not delete. &lt;br /&gt;
|| To delete a '''category''', one has to click '''Delete'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning''': Deleting a '''category''' removes all its '''subcategories''' and '''courses''' along with all materials and '''user data'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Change Parent Category &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s change the '''Parent''' of '''2nd Year Maths''' from '''Mathematics''' to '''Miscellaneous'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on '''Edit,''' change the '''Parent''' to '''Miscellaneous''' and save. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, edit and revert the '''Parent category''' back to '''Mathematics'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| So that’s how we create and manage '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a course category&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create, edit, and delete categories&lt;br /&gt;
* How to change the parent category of a subcategory&lt;br /&gt;
* How to organize categories&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit &amp;quot;Miscellaneous&amp;quot; and add a description: &amp;quot;This category is used to keep extra content which is not assigned to any course.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under  &amp;quot;Miscellaneous&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add two subcategories: &amp;quot;Resources &amp;amp; References&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Optional Modules&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Delete the subcategory - &amp;quot;Optional Modules&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-16T16:00:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, moodle blocks, block management, dashboard customization, site-level blocks, block configuration, block drawer, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide Title: Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''block''' is in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Common '''blocks''' on the '''Site admin dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add or delete '''blocks''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage '''blocks''' on the '''Front page''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who want to organise their '''site''' using '''blocks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Moodle 4.5''' installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Admin access''' to your '''Moodle site'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will '''log in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Home &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us start with understanding what a '''block''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display (https://edwiser.org/blog/5-best-free-moodle-themes/) &lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''block''' is a small '''UI''' element for quick access to a certain activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like '''Course completion status, Latest announcements, Upcoming events'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to blocks on the right sidebar – Latest announcements, upcoming events, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Blocks''' appear on the right side or centre of your '''Moodle dashboard''' or '''Course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They help improve '''navigation''' and display useful content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Come back to Moodle Home Page (Logged in as '''Admin''') &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
||  This is the '''Site Administrator’s''' personal '''dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Turn editing ON (Top right gear icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Turn editing on &lt;br /&gt;
|| To add '''blocks''', at the top right click the '''Edit Mode slider button.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''editing''' is now turned '''on'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll to the top of the page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Point to “Add a block” &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the top of the page, click on '''Add a block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On doing so, the '''block''' will be added in the centre of the page, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open Moodle’s block drawer (grey arrow) at the top right corner &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on “Add a block.” &lt;br /&gt;
|| Or you can also open '''Moodle’s block drawer''' at the right corner and click on '''Add a block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On doing so, the '''block''' will be added on the right of the page, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add a block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click the Logged in user option &lt;br /&gt;
|| A list of available '''blocks''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s add the '''Logged in user block''' by selecting it from the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| New block appears on the side &lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''block''' now appears on the right.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Add a block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click the Online users option &lt;br /&gt;
|| Repeat the steps once again and select '''Online users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in user block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Actions menu &lt;br /&gt;
|| For the '''Logged in user block,''' click on the '''Actions menu,''' which is the 3 dots icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Configure Logged in user block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Configure Logged in user block.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Expand all'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various options are available to customize this '''block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose No for Display city and Display email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click Save changes&lt;br /&gt;
|| We will choose '''No''' for '''Display city''' and '''Display email'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Save changes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Actions menu &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide  &lt;br /&gt;
|| To hide the '''block''', click on the '''Actions menu''' and choose '''Hide'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the colour of the block is now greyed out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to Delete  &lt;br /&gt;
|| To completely remove a '''block''', choose '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the confirmation box, click on '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show Front page settings: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Front page &lt;br /&gt;
|| To manage '''blocks''' on the '''Front page''', go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Default Dashboard page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
||The '''Default Dashboard Page''' is a '''configuration setting''' at the '''site level'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It determines what the first view of the '''Dashboard''' will be for all '''users'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what they will see when they first '''access''' their '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, you can choose which '''blocks''' appear where. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Edit Mode ON &lt;br /&gt;
|| Ensure that '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the centre Add a block button &lt;br /&gt;
|| First add '''Calendar block''' and '''Online users block.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Actions menu of the Calendar block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select Default region &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Right &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Calendar block &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Actions menu''' of the '''Calendar block''' and select '''Configure Calendar block.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Default region''' and '''Region''' fields as '''Right''' and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''Calendar block''' is now seen on the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Use arrow handle of the Online Users block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; move to the top &lt;br /&gt;
|| Use the arrow handle of the '''Online Users block''' and move it to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| So, that’s a quick overview of '''blocks''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* About blocks and their uses &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add, configure, hide or delete blocks &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage blocks on the default Dashboard page &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a Text block to the Default Dashboard page &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the Text block with a short welcome message &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the arrow handle and move it above the Timeline block &lt;br /&gt;
* Move the Online Users block to the right &lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Front-page-settings/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Front-page-settings/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Front-page-settings/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-16T02:55:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Front page settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, moodle administrator login, site home configuration, customize moodle front page, front page settings moodle, edit moodle site homepage, moodle front page content, verify front page display, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Front page settings &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Front Page Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the '''Front page''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''configure''' the '''Front page layout''' and '''settings''' &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who want to customize the landing page of their '''Moodle''' site. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will '''log in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Home'''  Moodle Home Page (Admin login) &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us begin with the layout of the '''Front page''' of '''Moodle'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Home'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Moodle Home Page (Admin login) &lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''Front page''' is the first thing '''users''' see when they access your '''Moodle site'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It provides navigation and general site information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the top bar &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Point to General &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down and point to Site Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Point to Site home settings &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| From the top menu-bar, click on '''Site administration.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under '''General,''' scroll down to '''Site home, Site home settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Site home settings form &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, we can customize what '''logged in users''' and '''non-logged in users''' see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the &amp;quot;Full site name&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Short name&amp;quot; fields &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type &amp;quot;Full site name&amp;quot; as “Edupyramids by Spoken Tutorial” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type &amp;quot;Short name&amp;quot; as “Edupyramids” &lt;br /&gt;
|| First, enter the '''Full site name''' and a '''Short name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These names will appear in the '''browser tab'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show “Front page” dropdown options &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select List of courses, Announcements, Course search box &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, choose what should appear on the '''Site home''' that is the '''Front page''' before '''login.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display '''List of courses, Announcements, Course search box''' or '''None.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show &amp;quot;Front page drop down options when logged in&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select Announcements, List of courses, Enrolled courses, Course search box &lt;br /&gt;
|| Similarly, select what appears after '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display '''Announcements, List of Courses, Enrolled courses, Course search box''' or '''None'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show &amp;quot;Add custom content&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
|| If you check '''Add custom content''', you can add custom content or welcome messages at the top of the '''Front page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll and show “Default site home role” &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the '''Default site home role.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, you can choose the '''default role''' assigned to '''users''' when they visit the '''Front page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, this is set to '''Authenticated user on site home'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll to bottom and click “Save changes” &lt;br /&gt;
|| After making all the changes, click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show updated Front page view Point to the full site name and the short name next to Home Point to the URL name also Scroll down also to show the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now click on '''Home'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your '''Moodle Front page''' is now configured as per your inputs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can revisit these settings anytime for more changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Logout &lt;br /&gt;
|| I will log out now to show the '''Front page''' without login. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on '''Home''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Login''' once again and click on '''Home'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Turn '''Edit Mode''' slider ON &lt;br /&gt;
|| Turn '''Edit Mode''' on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click gear icon  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''gear icon''' below '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Edit section settings page''' opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type “Introduction” &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Section name''' field, type “'''Introduction'''”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type &amp;quot;Welcome to Edupyramids Moodle portal!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Description''' field, type a suitable introductory text for your portal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Save Changes. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  Point to the description on the page. &lt;br /&gt;
|| View these changes on the '''Front page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Logout &lt;br /&gt;
|| You can also logout and view the changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Front Page'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Can display on the screen for 5 secs.  No need of audio&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of Moodle’s Front page &lt;br /&gt;
* How to access and edit Front page settings &lt;br /&gt;
* How to choose what appears before and after login  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Login to Moodle -&amp;gt; Click on Home -&amp;gt; Turn Edit Mode on &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the gear icon below Home&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit section settings page opens &lt;br /&gt;
* In the Description field, add some more description &lt;br /&gt;
* Click Save Changes and view the changes &lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Can display on the screen for 5 secs.  No need of audio&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on Site Administration -&amp;gt; Site home -&amp;gt; Site home settings &lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Default Site home role to “Guest”&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Save Changes and then click Home to view the changes&lt;br /&gt;
* Log out and once again view the changes &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert : Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Pvt. Ltd., SINE, IIT Bombay.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Site-Administrator-dashboard/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Site-Administrator-dashboard/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Site-Administrator-dashboard/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-15T19:54:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Site Administrator Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, moodle administrator login, site administration dashboard, customize forums and notifications, admin profile settings and preferences, configure forum, calendar, notifications, and video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Title Slide - Moodle 4.5 – Site Administrator Dashboard  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Site Administrator Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* An overview of the '''Site Administrator Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to access and edit the '''Admin profile''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to change '''preferences''' including '''password, forums''' and '''calendar settings''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''Moodle''' installations in educational institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Moodle version 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Firefox browser''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed on Ubuntu 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to the Moodle site &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Password:  Admin@123&lt;br /&gt;
|| We will '''log in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Moodle Home Page (logged in as Admin) &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Site Administrator Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to “Site administration” link in the left sidebar &lt;br /&gt;
|| Once '''logged in''', click on '''Site administration''' in the top '''menu-bar'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Site administration dashboard  &lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''Admin Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It provides access to many key features. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Put a red rectangle to highlight these &lt;br /&gt;
• Users • Courses • Grades • Plugins • Appearance &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Server settings • Reports and • Development &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will explore each of these features and their '''configuration''' options in upcoming videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Click on User profile icon (top-right) &lt;br /&gt;
|| First, we will look at the '''Admin’s profile page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''User icon''' at the top-right corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on “Profile” from drop-down &lt;br /&gt;
|| From the '''drop down''', click '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Admin’s profile page &lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''Admin User’s profile page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can view or edit your details here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point and click on “Edit profile &lt;br /&gt;
|| To make changes, click on '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show editable fields &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here you can update your '''username, email, timezone, description''' and other details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's best to leave the name as &amp;quot;'''admin''',&amp;quot; so editing it is not recommended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type “Mumbai” in the “City” field &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select India in the “Country” field &lt;br /&gt;
|| Fill the '''City''' field and select the '''Country'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll to bottom and click “Update profile” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the confirmation message in the green band at the top &lt;br /&gt;
|| After editing, scroll down.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Update profile''' button to save the changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will see a confirmation message that your '''profile''' has been updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Back to user dropdown – click “Preferences” &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, let’s look at '''Preferences'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' again and select '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''Preferences page''' allows you to customize personal settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on “Change password &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s change the '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under '''User Account''', click on '''Change password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type current password as “Admin@123” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Display the new password as “Admin#2025” on the screen&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the new password twice &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click Save changes. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Enter the current '''password''', then type your new '''password''' twice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Success message on save &lt;br /&gt;
|| Upon successful change, you will see '''“Password changed successfully.”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Back to Preferences page – click “Forum preferences” &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let’s set '''Forum preferences'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, click on '''Forum preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show digest options, auto-subscription &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Save changes. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose the '''Email digest type''' such as '''“No digest”''' or '''“Daily digest”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set whether you want to be auto-subscribed to '''Forum posts'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set whether you want to keep track of '''posts''' you have seen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Back to Preferences page – click “Calendar preferences” &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, click on '''Calendar preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change Preferred time format to 12-hour &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Calendar Start day to Monday &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Maximum Upcoming Events to 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Save changes. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s change the '''time display''' to 12-hour format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set your preferred '''Calendar start day''' to any day of your choice.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change '''Maximum Upcoming Events''' to 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Admin dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Can display on the screen for 5 secs.  No need of audio&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to navigate the Admin Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
* How to update Admin profile and preferences &lt;br /&gt;
* How to change password and adjust forum and calendar settings &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Can display on the screen for 5 secs.  No need of audio&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* In your Profile, click Edit Profile and update the description with a short bio &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload your profile picture &lt;br /&gt;
* Set forum preference to Daily digest and start your calendar on Sunday &lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert : Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Pvt. Ltd., SINE, IIT Bombay.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-15T19:03:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, Moodle site setup, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cue&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Title Slide &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Moodle site setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite slide: &lt;br /&gt;
You will need: &lt;br /&gt;
* A machine with Ubuntu 22.04 OS &lt;br /&gt;
* Minimum 50 GB of free space on your machine &lt;br /&gt;
* Internet connection &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial, you will need a '''machine''' with '''Ubuntu 22.04 OS'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need minimum '''50 GB''' of '''free space''' on your '''machine'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need '''internet connection'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite slide: &lt;br /&gt;
You should have &lt;br /&gt;
* Done Server setup &lt;br /&gt;
* Installed and configured Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| You should also have done '''Server setup''' and '''installed''' and '''configured Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the prerequisite '''Moodle''' tutorials, please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Only narration &lt;br /&gt;
|| We have completed '''Moodle installation''' and '''configuration''' earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move onto '''Moodle 4.5 site setup'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a web browser &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type localhost &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a '''web browser''' and type '''localhost'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Continue  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight the title - Installation-Moodle 4.5.3 &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will land on the '''Installation-Moodle 4.5.3''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to Other checks &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down and look at the section named '''Other checks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Locate the error message:  php setting max_input_vars must be at least 5000 &lt;br /&gt;
|| Look for an '''error message''' that says: '''php setting max_input_vars must be at least 5000''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Switch to the terminal and type:  Type: sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/php.ini &lt;br /&gt;
|| If you find it, switch to the '''terminal''' and type:  '''sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/php.ini''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change max_input_var = '''5000''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete ''';''' from the start of the line &lt;br /&gt;
|| Change the value of '''max_input_vars''' to '''5000'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then delete the '''semicolon''' from the start of the line. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Save and close the file &lt;br /&gt;
|| Save and close the '''file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm.service &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now '''run: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm.service''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type : sudo systemctl restart nginx.service  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next '''run: sudo systemctl restart nginx.service''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a web browser &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type localhost &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open the '''web browser''' and type '''localhost.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Other checks &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the section named '''Other checks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| The error you saw earlier shouldn’t be seen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Continue button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the title: Installation &lt;br /&gt;
|| We land on the '''Installation''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down \&amp;gt;\&amp;gt; click on Continue button  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the bottom and click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to General &lt;br /&gt;
|| On the '''Installation''' page, we are now in the '''General''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here we see values displayed in some fields.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| On-screen-text: Admin@123 Type '''New Password = Admin@123''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''New Password''' field, type a '''password''' by following the displayed rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Email address = admin-edupyramids@gmail.com''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Email address''' field, type the '''admin user’s email id'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose Email visibility = Hidden &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Email visibility''' field, you can choose to keep this '''email''' hidden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the bottom and click on the '''Update profile''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to New settings - Site home settings &lt;br /&gt;
|| On the '''Installation''' page, we are now in the '''New settings - Site home settings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Full site name''' = '''Edupyramids Learning Centre''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Full site name''', type “'''Edupyramids Learning Centre”.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also type any other '''site''' name of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Short name for site''' = '''Edupyramids”''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Short name for site''', type '''“Edupyramids”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here also you can type any other name of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Site home summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''“Elearning platform for learning IT courses.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suitable for K12, UG, PG and working professionals.”'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type a short description in '''Site home summary''' textbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose '''New settings - Location settings''' dropdown '''= Asia/Kolkata''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''New settings - Location settings dropdown''', choose '''Asia/Kolkata'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Save changes''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save changes''' button at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''New settings - Support contact = admin-edupyramids@gmail.com''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''New settings - Support contact''', type the '''admin user’s email id'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose to type any other '''support staff’s email id''' also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Save changes''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save changes''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Moodle Admin Dashboard''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Got it''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| You will now land on the '''Moodle Admin Dashboard'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Got it''' button to end the '''site''' tour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Congratulations! Your '''Moodle site''' is now fully '''setup''' and ready for your use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you slide &lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for following along. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are now ready to start using '''Moodle 4.5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert : Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|| This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Installing-and-configuring-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Installing-and-configuring-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Installing-and-configuring-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-15T18:32:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Installing and configuring Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, server setup for Moodle installation, Moodle installation, Moodle configuration, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:400px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:500px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Title Slide&lt;br /&gt;
||Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''installing''' and '''configuring Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Pre-requisite slide:&lt;br /&gt;
You will need:&lt;br /&gt;
* A machine with Ubuntu 22.04 OS&lt;br /&gt;
* Minimum 50 GB of free space on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
* Internet connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||To follow this tutorial, you will need a '''machine''' with '''Ubuntu 22.04 OS'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need minimum '''50 GB''' of '''free space''' on your '''machine'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need '''internet connection'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Pre-requisite slide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have&lt;br /&gt;
* Done Server setup&lt;br /&gt;
||You should also have done '''Server setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Only narration&lt;br /&gt;
||We have completed the essential '''server setup''' steps earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move onto '''installing''' and '''configuring Moodle 4.5'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||On-screen-text can display the website in large text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open a web browser and go to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://download.moodle.org/download.php/stable405/moodle-4.5.3.zip&lt;br /&gt;
||First, we have to '''download Moodle''' from the '''official site'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open a '''web browser''' and go to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''https://download.moodle.org/download.php/stable405/moodle-4.5.3.zip'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Switch to the Downloads folder and point to the zip file&lt;br /&gt;
||The zip file is saved in the '''Downloads''' folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Switch to the terminal window&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, go to the '''terminal window'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||On-screen-text inside the terminal window&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Press Enter to run every command on the terminal.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Please note: After typing each '''command''', press '''Enter''' to '''run''' it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Slide: moodle-commands.txt file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For your convenience, a '''text file''' named '''moodle-commands.txt''' has been provided to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please copy-paste the '''commands''' from that '''file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
||A text file named '''moodle-commands.txt''' has been provided for your convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please copy-paste the '''commands''' from that file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: cd Downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
||We will first navigate to the '''Downloads''' folder by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''cd Downloads/'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo unzip moodle-4.5.3.zip -d /var/www/html/&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Unzip''' the '''Moodle package''' into the '''web directory''' by '''running''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo unzip moodle-4.5.3.zip -d /var/www/html/'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extracts all the '''Moodle files''' into the '''web server directory'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo mkdir /var/www/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
||Now, we have to create a '''folder''' for the '''Moodle data'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo mkdir /var/www/moodledata'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/www/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
||After that, we will change the ownership of this '''folder''' to the '''web server user'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''':&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/www/moodledata'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/www/html/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will set the '''permission''' for the '''Moodle files'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''': &lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/www/html/moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo chmod -R 755 /var/www/moodledata  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sudo chmod -R 755 /var/www/html/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||Now we will specifically adjust some '''permissions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''' the following 2 '''commands''' one after the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo chmod -R 755 /var/www/moodledata'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo chmod -R 755 /var/www/html/moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/lib/php/sessions&lt;br /&gt;
||We also have to ensure that the '''PHP session files''' belong to the '''web user'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''':&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/lib/php/sessions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: cd /var/www/html/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, switch to the '''Moodle directory''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''cd /var/www/html/moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo cp config-dist.php config.php&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy the default '''configuration file''' by '''running''' this '''command''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo cp config-dist.php config.php'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo gedit config.php&lt;br /&gt;
||Now, we will edit '''config.php''' to '''set''' the '''database''' and '''site''' details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So type:&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo gedit config.php'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Press Ctrl+F to find these lines if you cannot locate them easily with a visual search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php  // Moodle configuration file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dbtype	= 'mariadb';    	 &lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dblibrary = 'native';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dbhost	= 'localhost';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dbname	= 'moodledb';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dbuser	= 'moodleuser';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dbpass	= 'moodle123';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix	= 'mdl_';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dboptions = array();&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;wwwroot   = 'http://localhost';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dataroot  = '/var/www/moodledata';&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot   = '/var/www/html/moodle';  // Leave if not available&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;admin 	= 'admin';&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;directorypermissions = 02777;&lt;br /&gt;
||Add, modify or verify these '''parameters''' one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Save and close the file&lt;br /&gt;
||Save and close the '''file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will '''configure Nginx''' for '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo gedit /etc/nginx/sites-available/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||Open a new '''site configuration file''' by '''running''' this '''command'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo gedit /etc/nginx/sites-available/moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste this configuration code inside this file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
server {&lt;br /&gt;
listen 80;&lt;br /&gt;
server_name localhost;&lt;br /&gt;
root /var/www/html/moodle;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
index index.php index.html index.htm;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
access_log /var/log/nginx/moodle_access.log;&lt;br /&gt;
error_log /var/log/nginx/moodle_error.log;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
location / {&lt;br /&gt;
try_files $uri $uri/ =404;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
location ~ [^/]\.php(/|$) {&lt;br /&gt;
fastcgi_split_path_info ^(.+\.php)(/.+)$;&lt;br /&gt;
include fastcgi_params;&lt;br /&gt;
fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name;&lt;br /&gt;
fastcgi_param PATH_INFO $fastcgi_path_info;&lt;br /&gt;
fastcgi_index index.php;&lt;br /&gt;
fastcgi_pass unix:/var/run/php/php8.3-fpm.sock;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
location ~* \.(js|css|png|jpg|jpeg|gif|ico|svg)$ {&lt;br /&gt;
try_files $uri /index.php?$query_string;&lt;br /&gt;
expires max;&lt;br /&gt;
log_not_found off;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
||Paste this '''configuration code''' inside this '''file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Save and close the file&lt;br /&gt;
||Save and close the '''file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/moodle /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will create a symbolic '''link''' to enable the '''site'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''':&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/moodle /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||On-screen-text:&lt;br /&gt;
“If you encounter port conflicts with the default site, change the default port in /etc/nginx/sites-available/default”.&lt;br /&gt;
||If you encounter '''port''' conflicts with the '''default site''', change the '''default port''' in '''/etc/nginx/sites-available/default.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo nginx -t&lt;br /&gt;
||Finally, we will test the '''nginx configuration'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo nginx -t'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo systemctl reload nginx.service&lt;br /&gt;
||If there are no '''errors''', '''reload nginx''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo systemctl reload nginx.service'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Only narration&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Moodle''' is now '''installed''' and '''configured''' and the '''server setup''' is complete. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this, we will '''setup''' the '''Moodle site'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Thank you slide&lt;br /&gt;
|Thank you for following along.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are now on your way to '''hosting Moodle 4.5''' on '''Ubuntu 22.04!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
||This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Server-setup-before-installing-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Server-setup-before-installing-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Server-setup-before-installing-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-15T17:54:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Server setup before installing Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, server setup for Moodle installation, Moodle installation, Moodle server setup, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Title Slide&lt;br /&gt;
||Welcome to the spoken tutorial on the '''Server setup''' before '''installing Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Pre-requisite slide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need:&lt;br /&gt;
*A machine with Ubuntu 22.04 OS&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum 50 GB of free space on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
*Internet connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||To follow this tutorial, you will need a '''machine''' with '''Ubuntu 22.04 OS'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need minimum '''50 GB''' of '''free space''' on your '''machine'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need '''internet connection'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Press Ctrl + Alt + T keys together.&lt;br /&gt;
||Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl + Alt + T keys''' together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||On-screen-text inside the terminal window &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Press Enter to run every command on the terminal.”&lt;br /&gt;
||Please note: After '''typing''' each '''command''', press '''Enter''' to run it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Slide: server-setup.txt file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For your convenience, a text file named server-setup.txt has been provided to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please copy-paste the commands from that file.&lt;br /&gt;
||A '''text file''' named '''server-setup.txt''' has been provided for your convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please copy-paste the '''commands''' from that '''file''' as you follow this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt update &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type the system password&lt;br /&gt;
||First, we will '''update''' the '''system packages'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so '''run: sudo apt update'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever prompted, type the '''system password'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''command''' refreshes your '''package list'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt install nginx&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will '''install''' the '''web server, nginx.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo apt install nginx'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nginx''' will '''serve''' your '''Moodle site'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/php.list&lt;br /&gt;
||Now, we will clean up old '''PHP sources''' to avoid conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/php.list'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/ondrej-php*&lt;br /&gt;
||We also need to remove any '''Ondrej PHP repository files'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/ondrej-php*'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt update&lt;br /&gt;
||After this, we will '''update''' the '''package list''' again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So type: '''sudo apt update'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt install -y software-properties-common ca-certificates lsb-release apt-transport-https&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||The next step is to '''install''' tools needed for adding '''repositories'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo apt install -y software-properties-common ca-certificates lsb-release apt-transport-https'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ondrej/php -y&lt;br /&gt;
||Add the '''PHP repository''' from '''Ondrej''' by typing this '''command: sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ondrej/php -y'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt update&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Update''' the '''package list''' once more by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo apt update'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt install -y php8.3 php8.3-fpm php8.3-cli php8.3-mysql php8.3-xml php8.3-curl php8.3-mbstring php8.3-zip php8.3-intl php8.3-soap php8.3-gd php8.3-bcmath php8.3-xmlrpc php8.3-imagick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will '''install PHP 8.3''' and the necessary '''extensions''' for '''Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''' this '''command'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: php -v&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to PHP 8.3.28&lt;br /&gt;
||After '''installation''', check your '''PHP version''' by typing this '''command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''php -v'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should see '''PHP 8.3.28.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt install software-properties-common&lt;br /&gt;
||Now, we need to ensure that we have the latest '''software''' properties.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo apt install software-properties-common'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo apt update&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Update''' the '''package list''' once again by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo apt update'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo apt install mariadb-server mariadb-client&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will '''install MariaDB''', the '''database server''' for '''Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run: sudo apt install mariadb-server mariadb-client'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: mysql --version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to version 15.1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Let’s verify that '''MariaDB''' is '''installed''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''mysql --version'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should show '''version 15.1.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo mysql_secure_installation&lt;br /&gt;
||To secure your '''database''', run this '''command''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo mysql_secure_installation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Point to password for spoken, enter for none, switch to unix_socket authentication Y/n &lt;br /&gt;
||Do the needful actions as suggested by the '''prompts''' on the '''terminal'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo mariadb&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will create a '''Moodle database''' and '''user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log into '''MariaDB''' by typing '''sudo mariadb'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Once inside, Copy-paste and press Enter after each command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CREATE DATABASE '''moodledb''' DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8mb4 COLLATE utf8mb4_unicode_ci;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CREATE USER ''''moodleuser''''@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY ''''moodle123'''';&lt;br /&gt;
||Once inside, '''run''' these 2 '''commands''' one after the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Point to the bold-text words in the commands executed in the above row.&lt;br /&gt;
||Please note, we have named the '''database''' as '''moodledb'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have named the '''admin user''' as '''moodleuser'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And given the '''password''' as '''moodle123'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: GRANT SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES,DROP,INDEX,ALTER ON moodledb.* TO moodleuser@'localhost';&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||The next step is to grant '''permissions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So '''run''' this '''command'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: FLUSH PRIVILEGES; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: exit; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
||Then we will apply these changes by '''running''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FLUSH PRIVILEGES;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''exit;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Terminal prompt&lt;br /&gt;
||We are back to the '''terminal prompt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo ufw allow http   &amp;gt;&amp;gt; press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy-paste: sudo ufw allow https  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we will configure our '''firewall'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow '''HTTP traffic''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo ufw allow http'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And allow '''HTTPS traffic''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo ufw allow https'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Type: sudo ufw status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to “inactive”&lt;br /&gt;
||After this, let’s check the '''firewall status''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo ufw status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be '''inactive'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/pool.d/www.conf&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, we have to '''configure PHP-FPM settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
Open the '''configuration file''' by typing:&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/pool.d/www.conf'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Press Ctrl+F to find these lines if you cannot locate them easily with a visual search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Set''' or verify these lines of '''code''':&lt;br /&gt;
'''user = www-data'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''group = www-data'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''listen.owner = www-data'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''listen.group = www-data'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''listen = /run/php/php8.3-fpm.sock'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Copy-paste: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm&lt;br /&gt;
||Finally, '''restart PHP-FPM''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Only narration&lt;br /&gt;
||This completes the essential '''server setup''' steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this, we will '''install''' and '''configure Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
||Thank you for following along.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are now on your way to '''hosting Moodle 4.5''' on '''Ubuntu 22.04!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
||This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Overview-of-Moodle-4.5/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Overview-of-Moodle-4.5/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Overview-of-Moodle-4.5/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-15T16:54:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Overview of Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Opening slide - '''Overview of Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show large Moodle logo in the centre.&lt;br /&gt;
||Welcome to the world of '''Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Moodle''' is one of the most widely used '''open-source learning management systems''' in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display a screenshot of a sample Moodle Front page with blocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://edwiser.org/blog/5-best-free-moodle-themes/&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Moodle''' helps create flexible, engaging, and interactive online learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show a washed-out effect calendar. Write 2002 in big bold letters across the calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then flip the calendar pages to progress from 2002 to 2025&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Moodle''' was created in 2002. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since then, it has empowered educators and institutions worldwide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display these texts in big bold letters on the slide&lt;br /&gt;
* User-friendly&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable&lt;br /&gt;
* Scalable&lt;br /&gt;
||It is designed to be user-friendly, customizable, and scalable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show a young student image and an older person (like a teacher/professional) image&lt;br /&gt;
||This means it’s accessible to both beginners and advanced users alike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||System Requirements slide&lt;br /&gt;
||To '''install''' and '''run Moodle 4.5''' on your machine, you will need,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Minimum '''50 GB''' of '''free space''' on your '''machine''',&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Internet connection''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* A '''web browser'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Operating Systems slide&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Moodle''' runs on all '''OSes - Windows, Linux''' and '''MacOSx.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This series is recorded on '''Ubuntu Linux 22.04 LTS'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show students in a computer lab&lt;br /&gt;
||'''Moodle''' offers a variety of tools and features to enhance the learning experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show Moodle logo&lt;br /&gt;
||Now, let’s explore what’s new and improved in '''Moodle 4.5'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Only narration, retain previous screen&lt;br /&gt;
||Welcome to the '''Moodle 4.5 Course Overview!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Only narration, retain previous screen&lt;br /&gt;
||Thank you for joining this series. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is designed to help you to make the most of '''Moodle 4.5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show a young student image and an older person (like a teacher/professional) image&lt;br /&gt;
||Whether you are an instructor, administrator, or content creator, this series is for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Only narration, retain previous screen&lt;br /&gt;
||Over the next few minutes, we will walk you through what you can expect to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of the 1st 3 installation tutorials altogether in one frame&lt;br /&gt;
||First, you will learn how to '''setup''' and '''configure Moodle''' on your '''machine'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Site Administrator dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
||Then, we will start with the basics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will learn how the '''Site Administrator''' navigates the '''Moodle''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of Front page settings and Blocks in Moodle in one frame&lt;br /&gt;
||You will learn how to customize the '''Front page''' and '''Blocks'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These tutorials will teach you to customize '''Front page layout''' with '''blocks'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will make the page visually appealing and user-friendly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of Categories in Moodle and Courses in Moodle in one frame&lt;br /&gt;
||Then you will learn to create new '''Course categories'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And create new '''Courses''' for teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of Adding Users in Moodle and Assigning User Roles in Moodle in one frame&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, you will learn how to add '''Users''' and manage '''User roles'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And you will learn to '''assign users''' to respective '''courses''', too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Install plugins&lt;br /&gt;
||You will also learn how to '''install''' some useful '''plugins'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Teacher’s dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||After this, we will move onto the '''Teacher's Dashboard'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you will learn how the '''dashboard''' can be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Course settings in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, you will learn how teachers can customize their own '''course's settings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user-friendly design improves the learning experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Continue previous slide&lt;br /&gt;
||You will also learn how teachers make '''announcements'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And how to preview the same as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Format course material&lt;br /&gt;
||Making materials easily accessible is important for the learners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, you will learn '''Course editing controls''' for '''formatting''' purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||We will also demo how teachers can '''upload''' resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This includes '''files, videos,''' and '''links'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of Create Assignments for students in Moodle and Forum for a Moodle Course in one frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Then, we will explore how a teacher creates activities for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle activities promote active learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So you will learn to set up '''assignments''' and '''forums'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of Question bank in Moodle, Creating question categories in Moodle,&lt;br /&gt;
and Quiz in Moodle in one frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Next, you'll learn how teachers create '''Question banks'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also understand how '''Question Categories''' work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, using the '''Question bank''', you will learn how to build a '''Quiz'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Course enrollment and communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||After this, you will learn how teachers '''enroll''' students into their '''courses'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will also discuss communication methods to facilitate student engagement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Student’s dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||After this, we will move to the '''Student's Dashboard'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will learn how to customize and navigate the '''dashboard'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Accessing material and participating in forums in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||You will learn how to access '''course''' material and participate in '''forum discussions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slides of Submitting assignments in Moodle and Attempting a quiz in Moodle in one frame&lt;br /&gt;
||The next 2 tutorials teach how students submit '''assignments''' and attempt a '''quiz'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Review and grade assignments and quizzes in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||This will bring us back to the '''Teacher's dashboard'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will learn to review and grade '''assignments''' and '''quizzes''' in '''Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Providing feedback and grading submissions is also covered.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Display Title slide of Generating reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
||Lastly, you will learn how to generate '''reports''' in '''Moodle''' as a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Show large Moodle logo in the centre.&lt;br /&gt;
||By the end of this series, you will feel confident.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And you will be able to navigate '''Moodle 4.5''' smoothly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Continue previous slide&lt;br /&gt;
||Plus, you can leverage its powerful features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create dynamic and interactive online courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s get started and unlock '''Moodle’s''' full potential together!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Thank you slide&lt;br /&gt;
||This series is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay'''. Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Process-Simulation-using-DWSIM/C2/Plug-Flow-Reactor/English</id>
		<title>Process-Simulation-using-DWSIM/C2/Plug-Flow-Reactor/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Process-Simulation-using-DWSIM/C2/Plug-Flow-Reactor/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-13T13:09:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title: Plug Flow Reactor'''  '''Author: Priyam Nayak'''  '''Keywords: '''DWSIM''', '''Material stream, simulation, compounds, thermodynamic package, unit systems, plug flow...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title: Plug Flow Reactor'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Priyam Nayak'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''DWSIM''', '''Material stream, simulation, compounds, thermodynamic package, unit systems, plug flow reactor, kinetic reaction, stoichiometry, reaction order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cue&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on Simulating a '''Plug Flow Reactor(PFR)''' in '''DWSIM'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objective'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Simulate a '''Plug Flow Reactor (PFR)'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate '''Conversion''' and '''Residence time''' for a reaction in a '''PFR'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
* '''DWSIM 9.0.4 '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Windows 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process demonstrated in this tutorial is identical in other OS also, such as-&lt;br /&gt;
* Linux,&lt;br /&gt;
* Mac OS X or&lt;br /&gt;
* FOSSEE OS on ARM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial, recorded using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process demonstrated in this tutorial is identical in other OS as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To practice this tutorial, you should know to&lt;br /&gt;
* Add components to a '''flowsheet.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select '''thermodynamic''' packages&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the properties of a '''material stream'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Define a '''Kinetic Reaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To practice this tutorial, you should know the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Problem Statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We will develop a '''flowsheet '''to determine the '''exit composition''' from an Adiabatic '''PFR.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we give '''reaction, property package''' and '''inlet stream conditions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reaction Kinetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we give the reaction kinetics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''kinetic-reaction''' file used in the tutorial is provided as a''' Code file''' on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download this file from''' Code Files''' link.1.14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Switch to '''DWSIM'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have already opened '''DWSIM''' on my machine.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show '''DWSIM''' window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' File &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save As &amp;gt;&amp;gt; PFR'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the file '''kinetic-reaction.dwxml'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me save it as '''PFR'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that the file name has changed now to '''PFR'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us verify if the rate kinetics exist in the opened '''DWSIM''' file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''Settings''' in toolbar area&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Settings'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Settings''' button in the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Settings''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Reactions''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
|| Go to the '''Reactions''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Chemical Reactions''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Butane Isomerization'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the reaction named “'''Butane Isomerization'''” under the''' Chemical Reactions''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Close the '''Add Kinetic Reaction''' window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the '''Settings''' window&lt;br /&gt;
|| We can see that the reaction is added with the given kinetic parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the '''Add Kinetic Reaction''' window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the '''Settings''' window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Object Palette'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Reactors''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll below to find the '''Plug Flow Reactor(PFR).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click and drag '''Plug Flow Reactor(PFR)''' to the flowsheet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Double Arrow''' next to '''Object Palette'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us add a '''PFR'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''Reactors''' section in the '''Object Palette''' located at the right side of the flowsheet window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll below to find '''Plug Flow Reactor(PFR).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drag and drop to the flowsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimize the '''Object Palette''' by clicking on this '''Double Arrow'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''PFR''' added to the flowsheet&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the Plug Flow Reactor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has 2 material streams and 1 energy stream auto-connected to its connection ports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material Stream named '''1''' enters the PFR as feed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material Stream named '''2''' leaves the PFR as a product.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 1 &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 1 (Material Stream) Property Editor Window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Feed &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now click on the Material Stream named '''1'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 (Material Stream) property editor window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s change its name to '''Feed.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will specify the '''Feed stream '''properties.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Input Data&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Flash Spec&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Temperature''' '''and Pressure(TP)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under '''Input Data''', in '''Stream Conditions''' section, select '''Flash Spec''' as '''Temperature and Pressure (TP).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Temperature and Pressure '''is selected as '''Flash Spec '''by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So let’s not change it.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Input Data &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Temperature &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 57 C'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Press Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change '''Temperature''' to '''57 degree C''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Input Data &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Pressure &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 20 bar'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Press Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change '''Pressure''' to '''20''' '''bar''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Input Data &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Molar Flow &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 163 kmol/h'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Press Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change '''Molar Flow''' to '''163 kmol/h''' and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us specify the '''feed stream compositions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Composition &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Basis &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Mole Fractions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under '''Compound Amounts''', choose the '''Basis''' as '''Mole Fractions''', if not selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mole Fractions''' is selected as '''Basis '''by default.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''N-butane: 0.9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Isobutane: 0'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Isopentane: 0.1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now for '''N-butane''',''' '''enter the '''Amount''' as '''0.9 '''and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for '''Isobutane, '''enter it as '''0 '''and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''Isopentane, '''enter''' 0.1 '''and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Accept'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Accept''' to accept the changes&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to 2 (Material Stream)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Material Stream''' named '''2'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 2 &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 2 (Material Stream) Property Editor Window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Product &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s change its name to '''Product.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''PFR-1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will add PFR parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''PFR-1.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PFR-1 '''property editor window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Hover mouse at '''Calculation Parameters'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now go to the next section, '''Calculation Parameters.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Reaction Set''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Default Set'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, the first option is '''Reaction Set.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, it is '''Default Set'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we have only one '''reaction''', we leave it as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Calculation Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Calculation Mode &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Adiabatic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, click on the drop-down against''' Calculation Mode.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Adiabatic.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Dimensions''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Dimensions''' tab beside the''' General''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will provide the dimensions of the '''PFR'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Reactive Volume''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' 2.6 m3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the field against '''Reactor Volume''' and enter 2.6''' m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3.'''&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Sizing Information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Sizing information''', you can either select length or diameter of the PFR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the length of PFR is provided to us, we will select the radio button against '''Length.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Tube Length''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''3 m'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the field against '''Tube Length''' and enter 3 m.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;'''.'''&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Tube Diameter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We can see that based on the length entered, the diameter is calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Number of Tubes'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In case the '''PFR '''is multitubular, we can enter the number of tubes here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since no such information is provided, we will leave it with the default value.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click''' Solve'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This completes the problem specification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Solve''' button in the toolbar area.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Messages''' at the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
|| Once the calculations are complete, we will receive a message “The flowsheet calculated successfully”.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Hover mouse at '''Results'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| From the '''Property Editor Window''' of '''PFR''' locate '''Results''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Results''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' General'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under the '''General''' tab, check '''Residence time.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is '''0.144974 h.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Results '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Conversions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under the '''Conversions''' tab, check conversion for the reacting compound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion of '''N-butane''' is 69.2%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Insert '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Master Property Table'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will check the material balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Insert''' menu and select the '''Master Property Table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Double click on '''Master Property Table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to '''Configure Master Property Table'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Double click on the '''Master Property Table '''to edit it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Configure Master Property Table''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Results - Plug Flow Reactor'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Enter''' Name''' as '''Results - Plug Flow Reactor'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type Material Stream'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Enter '''Object Type''' as '''Material Stream'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''Material Stream''' is already selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we will not change it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Object &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Feed and Product'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under '''Properties to display''', select '''Object '''as '''Feed''' and '''Product.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Configure Master Property Table&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Property'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under '''Property''', scroll down to see all the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now select the properties as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Temperature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pressure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mass Flow'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Molar Flow'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Molar Flow (Mixture) / N-butane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mass Flow (Mixture) / N-butane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Molar Flow (Mixture) / Isobutane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mass Flow (Mixture) / Isobutane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Molar Flow (Mixture) / Isopentane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mass Flow (Mixture) / Isopentane'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Close this window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move the '''Master Property Table '''for better visibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we can see the corresponding results for '''Product''' and''' Feed.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt to&lt;br /&gt;
* Simulate a '''Plug-Flow Reactor (PFR)'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate '''Conversion''' and '''Residence time''' for a '''reaction''' in a '''PFR'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat this simulation with different '''compounds''' and '''thermodynamics'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different '''feed conditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different '''PFR dimensions''' and '''reaction kinetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DWSIM Flowsheeting Project'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We invite you to participate in '''DWSIM Flowsheeting Project'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lab Migration Project'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We invite you to migrate commercial '''simulator labs''' to '''DWSIM.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgements'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''FOSSEE''' project is funded by '''NMEICT, Ministry of Education(MoE)''', Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thanks'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We thank the '''DWSIM''' team for making it as an''' open source software.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Process-Simulation-using-DWSIM/C2/Define-a-Kinetic-Reaction/English</id>
		<title>Process-Simulation-using-DWSIM/C2/Define-a-Kinetic-Reaction/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Process-Simulation-using-DWSIM/C2/Define-a-Kinetic-Reaction/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-13T11:34:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title: Define a Kinetic Reaction'''  '''Author: Priyam Nayak'''  '''Keywords''':  DWSIM , Material stream, simulation, compounds, thermodynamic package, unit systems, plug...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title: Define a Kinetic Reaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Priyam Nayak'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':  DWSIM , Material stream, simulation, compounds, thermodynamic package, unit systems, plug flow reactor, kinetic reaction, stoichiometry, reaction order, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cue&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken tutorial on '''Define a Kinetic Reaction '''in '''DWSIM'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objective'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the '''order''' of a reaction using '''Arrhenius''' rate equation&lt;br /&gt;
* Define the reaction phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify rate constants for direct and reverse reactions using '''Arrhenius''' equation&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify units for reaction rate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
* '''DWSIM 9.0.4 '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Windows 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process demonstrated in this tutorial is identical in other OS like &lt;br /&gt;
* Linux,&lt;br /&gt;
* Mac OS X or&lt;br /&gt;
* FOSSEE OS on ARM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But, this process is identical in '''Linux, Mac OS X, '''or '''FOSSEE OS on ARM'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is recorded using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process demonstrated in this tutorial is identical in other OS as well.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To practice this tutorial, you should know to&lt;br /&gt;
* Add components to a '''flowsheet.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Select '''thermodynamic''' packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To practice this tutorial, you should know the following. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add the kinetic rate equation for liquid phase isomerization of n-butane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Components present in the system are n-Butane, isopentane and isobutane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction: n-C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ iso-C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use Peng-Robinson property package&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us add the kinetic rate equation for liquid phase isomerization of n-butane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Components present in the system are n-Butane, isopentane and isobutane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is: n-butane isomerizes to form isobutane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Peng-Robinson''' property package.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reaction Kinetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rate&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= k&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N-butane &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Isobutane &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;kmol / m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* C is the molar concentration of respective components in kmol/m3&lt;br /&gt;
* k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the forward rate constant&lt;br /&gt;
*  k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the backward rate constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reaction rate is as given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where&lt;br /&gt;
* C is the molar concentration of respective components in kilomol per meter cube&lt;br /&gt;
* k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the forward rate constant&lt;br /&gt;
* k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the backward rate constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Forward Reaction Rate Constant'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= k&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exp(&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{-Ef}{\mathit{RT}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f0 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= 2.94 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;7&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 65300 J/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| These are the parameters for the forward reaction using the Arrhenius rate equation.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Backward Reaction Rate Constant'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= k&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exp(&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{-Eb}{\mathit{RT}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b0 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= 1.176 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;8&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 72200 J/mol&lt;br /&gt;
|| These are the parameters for the backward reaction following the Arrhenius rate equation.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Switch to '''DWSIM. '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''DWSIM''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Add the compounds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
N-butane, Isobutane, Isopentane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Property package - Peng-Robinson property package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System of Units C5&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have completed configuring the simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have,&lt;br /&gt;
* Added the compounds as n-butane, isobutane and isopentane&lt;br /&gt;
* Selected Peng-Robinson property package and&lt;br /&gt;
* Selected system of units as C5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will define the '''Kinetic Reaction.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight Settings in toolbar area'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click Settings'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Settings''' button in the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Settings''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click on Reactions tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Go to the '''Reactions''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Chemical Reactions &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add Reaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under '''Chemical Reactions''' section, click on the green coloured '''Add Reaction''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click on Kinetic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Then click on '''Kinetic.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Add New Kinetic Reaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Add New Kinetic Reaction''' window opens. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Identification '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Name '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Butane Isomerization'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| First part is '''Identification'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under '''Identification,''' enter the '''Name''' as '''Butane Isomerization.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Description '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Liquid Phase Isomerization of N-butane'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, enter the '''Description''' as '''Liquid Phase Isomerization of N-butane'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Components, Stoichiometry and Reaction Orders'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The next part is a table of '''Components''',''' Stoichiometry '''and '''Reaction Orders'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Name field'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| First column '''Name''', shows the available components here.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Molar Weight'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The second column corresponds to its '''Molar Weight'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''ΔHf (kJ/kg)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The third column corresponds to the heat of formation of the components.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Include'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The next column is '''Include'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It indicates the components that will take part in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under '''Include''', check the check boxes against the '''components N-butane '''and''' Isobutane'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Isopentane''' is inert here and doesn’t participate in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''BC'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tick '''N-butane'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The fifth column is '''Base Component'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under '''Base Component''', check the '''N-butane '''check box as '''N-butane''' is the '''base component'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Stoich. Coeff.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The next column is '''Stoichiometric Coefficients'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Stoich. Coeff &amp;gt;&amp;gt; N-butane: -1, Isobutane: 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Under '''Stoichiometric Coefficients '''column, enter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''-1''' for '''N-butane''' and 1 for '''Isobutane'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A negative sign''' '''is to indicate the components''' '''as '''Reactants'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Stoichiometry '''field&lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Stoichiometry '''field, we can see it is showing '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the reaction is balanced after entering the '''stoichiometric''' '''coefficients'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Equation '''field&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here''' '''the '''Equation '''field shows the '''reaction equation'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''DO'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' DO &amp;gt;&amp;gt; N-butane: 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The next column is '''DO,''' which indicates '''direct/forward''' reaction order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are considering the '''reaction''' to be '''First order''' with respect to '''N-butane'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we will enter 1 in the '''DO''' column against '''N-butane.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to RO'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RO &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Isobutane: 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next column is '''RO''', which indicates '''reverse/backward''' reaction order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are considering the reaction to be '''First order''' with respect to '''Isobutane'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we will enter 1 in the '''RO''' column against '''Isobutane'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Kinetic Reactions Parameters '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Then comes''' Kinetic Reactions Parameters'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Basis &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Molar Concentrations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The given rate is in terms of '''molar concentration'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, we will select '''Basis''' as '''Molar Concentrations'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Phase &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Liquid '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Select '''Phase '''as''' Liquid.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Tmin''' and '''Tmax'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is '''Tmin''' and '''Tmax'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It gives a temperature range within which rate expression is assumed to be valid.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Tmin (K)''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''0'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Tmax (K)''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''2000'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Since these values are not given in the problem statement, we will leave them as default values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Rate Constants for Direct and Reverse Reactions (k and k’)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now go to '''Rate Constants for Direct and Reverse Reactions (k and k’).'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Direct Reaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Reaction '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Arrhenius'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, we will provide kinetic parameters for forward/direct reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First is to select the type of rate law. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the problem statement, it can be seen that '''Arrhenius Rate Law''' is followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''Arrhenius '''is already selected'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So let’s not change it.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''A &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 2.94E+7'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is to enter the value of '''A '''which is the pre-exponential factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As per the problem statement, the pre-exponential factor is 2.94E7, so type '''2.94E+7 '''in '''A'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''E &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 65300'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is '''E''' which is the Activation Energy. Against E, type 65300.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the units beside E'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is to indicate the units of Activation Energy, '''E'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As per the problem statement, given value of Activation Energy is in '''J/mol'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the default unit, so we will not change anything.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to Reverse Reaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next we will provide kinetic parameters for reverse/backward reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Reverse Reaction &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Arrhenius'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| First is to select the type of rate law. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the forward reaction, it can be seen that '''Arrhenius Rate Law''' is followed also for the backward reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''Arrhenius '''is already selected'''. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So let’s not change it.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''A &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 1.176E+8'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is to enter the value of '''A '''which is the pre-exponential factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As per the problem statement, the pre-exponential factor is 1.176E8, so type '''1.176E+8 '''in '''A''''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''E &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 72200'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is '''E''' which is the Activation Energy. Against E, type 72200.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the units beside E'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next is to indicate the units of Activation Energy, E’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As per the problem statement, given value of Activation Energy is in '''J/mol'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the default unit, so we will not change anything.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Amount Units'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, we will select '''Amount Units'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is to indicate the units of '''Basis''' term selected in the '''Kinetic Reaction Parameters'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, '''Molar Concentrations''' is selected as '''Basis''' under '''Kinetic Reaction Parameters'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As per the problem statement, the units of '''Molar Concentration''' are mentioned as '''kmol/m3'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Amount Units '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' kmol/m3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the drop-down against '''Amount Units''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''kilomol per meter cube''' if not already selected'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| By default, '''kilomol per meter cube''' is already selected as an '''Amount Unit.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, let’s not change it.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Demonstration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Of changing Basis Units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Basis &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Partial Pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amount Units &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on drop-down to show pressure units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| If the rate is defined using partial pressure, choose '''Partial Pressure '''as the '''Basis''' instead of '''Molar Concentration'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the unit in which partial pressure is expressed in the rate equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see that the drop-down against '''Amount Units''' shows the units of pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Basis''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Molar Concentrations'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Amount Units''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''kmol/m3'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us go back to the original '''Basis'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the Basis to '''Molar Concentrations'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that the '''Amount Units''' is '''kmol/m3'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''Rate Units'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Rate Units''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' kmol/[m3.s]'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| So we have to select the rate units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to our question, the rate units are '''kilomol per meter cube second'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the drop-down against '''Rate Units''' and select '''kilomol per meter cube second'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to select the correct unit.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''OK.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Close the '''Settings''' window.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now that the reaction is added, close the '''Settings''' window.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the next tutorial, we will use the added reaction to simulate a '''Plug Flow Reactor'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| File &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save As &amp;gt;&amp;gt; kinetic-reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us save the file as '''kinetic-reaction.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the '''order''' of a reaction using '''Arrhenius''' rate equation&lt;br /&gt;
* Define the reaction phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify rate constants for direct and reverse reactions using '''Arrhenius''' equation&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify units for reaction rate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Compounds: '''Ethylene oxide, Water &amp;amp; Ethylene glycol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction: C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;O + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;O ⇌ C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;O&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Property Package:''' NRTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reaction Rate:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; A &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= KC&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ethyleneoxide&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; kmol/m3.h&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C is the molar concentration in mol/m3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= k&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exp(&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{-E}{\mathit{RT}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= 32324&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E = 45584 J/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, add the following kinetic equation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DWSIM Flowsheeting Project'''&lt;br /&gt;
||  We invite you to participate in '''DWSIM Flowsheeting Project'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lab Migration Project'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We invite you to migrate commercial '''simulator labs''' to '''DWSIM.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgements'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''FOSSEE''' project is funded by '''NMEICT, Ministry of Education(MoE)''', Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide Number 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thanks'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We thank the '''DWSIM''' team for making it as an''' open source software.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>